Garmin | G1000: Quest Kodiak 100 | Garmin G1000: Quest Kodiak 100 G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100

Garmin G1000: Quest Kodiak 100 G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
G1000 Integrated Flight Deck
Pilot’s Guide
Quest Kodiak 100
Copyright © 2007 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 552.00 or later for the Quest Kodiak 100. Some differences in operation
may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc., 1200 East 151st Street, Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Tel: 913/397.8200
Fax: 913/397.8282
Garmin AT, Inc., 2345 Turner Road SE, Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Tel: 503/391.3411
Fax: 503/364.2138
Garmin (Europe) Ltd., Liberty House, Bulls Copse Road, Hounsdown Business Park, Southampton, SO40 9RB U.K.
Tel: 44/0870.8501241
Fax: 44/0870.8501251
Garmin Corporation, No. 68, Jangshu 2nd Road, Shijr, Taipei County, Taiwan
Tel: 886/02.2642.9199
Fax: 886/02.2642.9099
Website Address: www.garmin.com
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin® is a registered trademark of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries, and G1000® is a trademark of Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. These
trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
Bendix/King® and Honeywell® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc.; NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen,
Inc.; Stormscope® is a registered trademark of L-3 Communications; Avidyne® and TCAD® are registered trademarks of Avidyne Corporation;
and XM® is a registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio, Inc.
June 2007
Printed in the U.S.A
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
LIMITED WARRANTY
LIMITED WARRANTY
This Garmin product is warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for two years from the date of purchase. Within this
period, Garmin will, at its sole option, repair or replace any components that fail in normal use. Such repairs or replacement will be made
at no charge to the customer for parts and labor, provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost. This warranty
does not cover failures due to abuse, misuse, accident, or unauthorized alterations or repairs.
THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO
STATE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL GARMIN BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER
RESULTING FROM THE USE, MISUSE, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT. Some states do not
allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations may not apply to you.
Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace the unit or software, or to offer a full refund of the purchase price, at its sole
discretion. SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
To obtain warranty service, contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center. For assistance in locating a Service Center near you, visit
the Garmin Web site at “http://www.garmin.com” or contact Garmin Customer Service at 800-800-1020.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
i
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain function.
The G1000 Terrain Proximity feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight. The
Terrain Proximity feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance and is not certified for use
in applications requiring a certified terrain awareness system. Terrain data is obtained from third party
sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data.
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory in nature and should not be
relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current
aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: The Garmin G1000, as installed in Quest Kodiak 100 aircraft, has a very high degree of functional
integrity. However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-test capability for all
conceivable system failures is not practical. Although unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation
to occur without a fault indication shown by the G1000. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect
such an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the
cockpit.
WARNING: For safety reasons, G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground.
WARNING: The altitude calculated by G1000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and
could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the GDC 74A Air Data
Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation. Always
use pressure altitude displayed by the G1000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft.
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used in the G1000 system must be updated
regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current. Pilots using any outdated database do so
entirely at their own risk.
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for primary navigation. Basemap data is
intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on the G1000 Multi Function Display is provided as an aid in visually
acquiring traffic. Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual
acquisition of conflicting traffic.
WARNING: XM Weather should not be used for hazardous weather penetration. Weather information
provided by the GDL 69 is approved only for weather avoidance, not penetration.
WARNING: NEXRAD weather data is to be used for long-range planning purposes only. Due to inherent
delays in data transmission and the relative age of the data, NEXRAD weather data should not be used for
short-range weather avoidance.
ii
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible
for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy
and performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the G1000 can be
misused or misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and understand all aspects of the G1000
Pilot’s Guide documentation and the Quest Kodiak 100 Aircraft Flight Manual. Thoroughly practice basic
operation prior to actual use. During flight operations, carefully compare indications from the G1000 to all
available navigation sources, including the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, charts, etc. For
safety purposes, always resolve any discrepancies before continuing navigation.
WARNING: The illustrations in this guide are only examples. Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate
a thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, and the Airman’s Information
Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding “by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an
intense radar echo.”
CAUTION: The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user-serviceable parts. Repairs should only be made by
an authorized Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty
and the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
CAUTION: The PFD and MFD use a lens coated with a special anti-reflective coating that is very sensitive
to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTIREFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and an eyeglass
lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangers can cause the intermittent loss of
attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 feet
from the source of the interference should remedy the condition.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: There are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause
isolated discharge points in the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points in
the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after the screen has been
cleared. Avoid the clusters to avoid the thunderstorms. In the cell display mode, even a single discharge
point may represent thunderstorm activity and should therefore be avoided.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to
our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
iii
REVISION INFORMATION
Record of Revision
Part Number
190-00590-00
190-00590-00
190-00590-00
190-00590-00
iv
Revision
1
A
B
C
Date
3/13/06
3/21/07
4/3/07
6/22/07
Page Range
All
All
All
All
Description
Initial release
Production Release
Added Print Specification Reference to Cover Sheet
Revised AMPS Engine Gauge
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
System Description ..............................................1-1
Line Replaceable Units ........................................1-2
Secure Digital (SD) Cards ....................................1-5
System Power-Up .................................................1-6
System Operation.................................................1-7
Normal Display Operation ..........................................1-7
Reversionary Display Operation ..................................1-9
AHRS Operation ......................................................1-10
G1000 System Annunciations ...................................1-11
G1000 Controls...................................................1-12
PFD/MFD Controls ...................................................1-12
Softkey Function ......................................................1-13
Accessing G1000 Functionality ........................1-18
Menus ....................................................................1-18
Data Entry ..............................................................1-18
Page Groups ...........................................................1-19
System Setup and Status ..........................................1-22
Display Backlighting ..........................................1-32
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 Flight Instruments ................................................2-4
Airspeed Indicator .....................................................2-4
Attitude Indicator ......................................................2-6
Altimeter ..................................................................2-7
Vertical Deviation/Glideslope Indicator ........................2-8
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) ......................................2-8
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) .............................2-9
Course Deviation Indicator .......................................2-12
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data .................................2-17
Generic Timer ..........................................................2-17
System Time ............................................................2-18
Outside Air Temperature ...........................................2-19
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions .....2-20
G1000 Alerting System.............................................2-20
Traffic Annunciation .................................................2-21
TAWS Annunciations ................................................2-21
Marker Beacon Annunciations ..................................2-22
Altitude Alerting ......................................................2-22
Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude.......................2-23
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
3.1 Engine Display ......................................................3-2
3.2 System Display .....................................................3-4
3.3 Fuel Display...........................................................3-6
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Overview ...............................................................4-1
PFD/MFD Controls and Frequency Display ....................4-2
Audio Panel Controls .................................................4-4
COM Operation .....................................................4-6
COM Transceiver Selection and Activation ....................4-6
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning .................................4-7
Quick-Tuning and Activating 121.500 MHz...................4-8
Auto-Tuning the COM Frequency.................................4-9
Frequency Spacing ...................................................4-13
Automatic Squelch...................................................4-14
Volume ...................................................................4-14
NAV Operation ....................................................4-15
NAV Radio Selection and Activation ..........................4-15
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning ....................................4-16
Auto-Tuning the NAV Frequency................................4-18
Marker Beacon Receiver ...........................................4-23
GTX 33 Mode S Transponder .............................4-24
Transponder Controls ...............................................4-24
Transponder Mode Selection .....................................4-25
Entering a Transponder Code ....................................4-27
IDENT Function .......................................................4-29
Flight ID Reporting ..................................................4-30
Additional Audio Panel Functions ....................4-31
Power-up ................................................................4-31
Mono/Stereo Headsets .............................................4-31
Speaker ..................................................................4-31
Intercom .................................................................4-32
Passenger Address (PA) System .................................4-34
Clearance Recorder and Player..................................4-34
Entertainment Inputs ...............................................4-35
Simultaneous COM Operation...................................4-36
Audio Panels Preflight Procedure.....................4-37
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.7 Abnormal Operation ..........................................4-39
Stuck Microphone....................................................4-39
COM Tuning Failure..................................................4-39
Audio Panel Fail-Safe Operation ................................4-39
Reversionary Mode ..................................................4-40
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
5.18
5.19
SECTION 5 GPS NAVIGATION
Navigation Map (MFD) ........................................5-2
Navigation Map Page Setup and Operation ..................5-2
PFD Inset Map and Windows ............................5-24
Inset Map ...............................................................5-24
PFD Windows ..........................................................5-25
Direct-to-Navigation (MFD) .............................5-27
Direct-to Navigation Shortcuts from the MFD .............5-31
Direct-to-Navigation (PFD) ..............................5-32
Airport Information ...........................................5-35
Intersection Information ...................................5-41
NDB Information ................................................5-43
VOR Information.................................................5-45
User Waypoint Information ...............................5-47
Nearest Airports .................................................5-53
Nearest Airports (PFD) .......................................5-56
Nearest Intersections.........................................5-58
Nearest NDB .......................................................5-59
Nearest VOR ........................................................5-60
Nearest Frequencies ..........................................5-63
Nearest Airspaces ...............................................5-66
Nearest User Waypoint ......................................5-70
Flight Planning .................................................5-72
Flight Planning from the MFD ...................................5-72
Vertical Navigation ..................................................5-94
Flight Planning from the PFD ...................................5-97
Procedures ........................................................5-101
Departures, Arrivals, and Approaches (MFD) .............5-101
Departures, Arrivals, and Approaches (PFD) ..............5-112
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.1 XM Satellite Weather ...........................................6-1
Activating Services.....................................................6-1
Using XM Satellite Weather Products...........................6-3
Weather Softkeys.......................................................6-5
vi
Setting Up the Weather Data Link Page .....................6-24
Setting Up XM Satellite Weather on the Navigation Map....
6-27
6.2 TAWS ......................................................................6-29
Requirements ..........................................................6-29
Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS.............................6-29
Using TAWS ............................................................6-30
TAWS Symbols ........................................................6-34
TAWS Alerts ............................................................6-34
6.3 Traffic Information Service (TIS) ..........................6-41
TIS Symbology .........................................................6-41
Displaying Traffic Data .............................................6-42
Traffic Map Page......................................................6-43
Navigation Map Page...............................................6-47
6.4 L-3 SKYWATCH Traffic Advisory System (SKY497)
(Optional) ......................................................................6-50
User-initiated test ....................................................6-50
SKYWATCH TAS Symbology ......................................6-51
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.1 XM Digital Audio Entertainment (Optional) .....8-1
XM Satellite Radio Service ..........................................8-1
XM Service Activation ................................................8-2
Using XM Radio ........................................................8-3
8.2 Abnormal Operation ............................................8-7
APPENDICES
Annunciations and Alerts ..............................................A-1
Alert Level Definitions ................................................A-2
Aircraft Alerts ............................................................A-2
G1000 System Annunciations .....................................A-4
G1000 System Message Advisories..............................A-7
TAWS ALERTS ..........................................................A-18
TAWS System Status Annunciations ...........................A-18
SD Card Use ....................................................................B-1
Jeppesen Databases...................................................B-1
Garmin Databases .....................................................B-2
Glossary...........................................................................C-1
Frequently Asked Questions .........................................D-1
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General TIS Information ................................................ E-1
Introduction .............................................................. E-1
TIS vs. TAS/TCAS ........................................................ E-1
TIS Limitations .......................................................... E-1
Map Symbols .................................................................. F-1
INDEX
Index ................................................................................I-1
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BLANK PAGE
viii
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This section is designed to provide an overview of the G1000 Integrated Flight Deck installed in the Quest
Kodiak 100. The G1000 is an integrated flight deck system that presents flight instrumentation, position,
navigation, communication, and identification information to the pilot using flat-panel color displays. The
system is distributed across the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• GDU 1040 Primary Flight Display (PFD)/Multi
Function Display (MFD)
• GEA 71 Engine/Airframe Unit
• GMA 1347 Audio Panel with Integrated Marker
Beacon Receiver
• GRS 77 Attitude and Heading Reference System
(AHRS)
• GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Units (IAU)
• GMU 44 Magnetometer
• GDC 74A Air Data Computer (ADC)
• GDL 69A Data Link Receiver
190-00590-00 Rev. C
• GTX 33 Mode S Transponder
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-1
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.2 LINE REPLACEABLE UNITS
• GDU 1040 (3) – The GDU 1040 is configured as two Primary Flight Displays (PFD) and one Multi Function
Display (MFD). The displays communicate with each other through a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) Ethernet
connection. Each display is also paired with an Ethernet connection to an IAU.
• GMA 1347 – The Audio Panel integrates navigation/communication radio (NAV/COM) digital audio, intercom,
and marker beacon controls, and is installed between the displays. This unit also provides manual control of
display reversionary mode (red DISPLAY BACKUP button; see Section 1.5, System Operation) and communicates
with both IAUs using an RS-232 digital interface.
• GIA 63 (2) – The Integrated Avionics Units (IAU) function as the main communications hub, linking all LRUs
with the PFD. Each IAU contains VHF COM/NAV/GS receivers and system integration microprocessors and
is paired with the on-side display via a HSDB connection. The IAUs are not paired together and do not
communicate with each other directly.
1-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• GDC 74 – The Air Data Computer (ADC) processes data from the pitot/static system and outside air temperature
(OAT) sensor. The ADC provides pressure altitude, airspeed, vertical speed, and OAT information to the
G1000 System, and it communicates with the primary IAU, displays, and AHRS using an ARINC 429 digital
interface.
• GEA 71 – The Engine Airframe Unit receives and processes signals from the engine and airframe sensors. This
unit communicates with both IAUs using an RS-485 digital interface.
• GTX 33 – The solid-state Transponder provides Modes A, C, and S capability and communicates with both IAUs
through an RS-232 digital interface.
• GRS 77 (2) – The Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) provides aircraft attitude and heading
information via ARINC 429 to both the PFD and the primary IAU. The AHRS contains advanced sensors
(including accelerometers and rate sensors) and interfaces with the Magnetometer to obtain magnetic field
information, with the ADC to obtain air data, and with both IAUs to obtain GPS information. AHRS operation
is discussed in Section 1.5, System Operation.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-3
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• GMU 44 – The Magnetometer measures local magnetic field and sends data to the AHRS for processing to
determine aircraft magnetic heading. This unit receives power directly from the AHRS and communicates with
it via an RS-485 digital interface.
• GDL 69A – The Data Link Satellite Radio Receiver provides real-time weather information to the G1000 MFD
and PFD Inset Map, as well as digital audio entertainment. The Data Link Receiver communicates with the
MFD via a HSDB connection. A subscription to XM Satellite Radio Service is required to enable the GDL 69A
capability.
1-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.3 SECURE DIGITAL (SD) CARDS
NOTE: Ensure the G1000 System is powered off before inserting an SD card.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix B for instructions on updating the aviation database.
The PFD and MFD data card slots use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the upper right side of the
display bezels. Each display bezel is equipped with two SD card slots. SD cards are used for aviation database
and system software updates as well as terrain database storage.
Installing an SD card:
1) Insert the SD card in the SD card slot (the front of the card should be flush with the face of the display bezel).
2) To eject the card, gently press on the SD card to release the spring latch.
SD Card Slots
Figure 1-1 Display Bezel SD Card Slots
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-5
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.4 SYSTEM POWER-UP
NOTE: See the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for specific procedures concerning avionics power application
and emergency power supply operation.
NOTE: Refer to Appendix A for system-specific annunciations and alerts.
The G1000 System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical
busses. The G1000 PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test
features that exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs, and outputs to provide safe operation.
During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed, as shown in Figure 1-2. All system annunciations
should disappear typically within the first minute of power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also
become momentarily illuminated on the Audio Panel, the MFD/PFD Control Unit, and the display bezels.
On the PFD, the AHRS begins to initialize and displays “AHRS ALIGN: Keep Wings Level”. The AHRS should
display valid attitude and heading fields typically within the first minute of power-up. The AHRS can align itself
both while taxiing and during level flight.
When the MFD powers up, the splash screen (Figure 1-5) displays the following information:
• System version
• Obstacle database name and version
• Copyright
• Terrain database name and version
• Land database name and version
• Aviation database name, version, and effective dates
Current database information includes valid operating dates, cycle number, and database type. When this
information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to
continue.
Pressing the ENT Key (or right-most softkey) acknowledges this information, and the Navigation Map Page is
displayed upon pressing the key a second time. When the system has acquired a sufficient number of satellites to
determine a position, the aircraft’s current position is shown on the Navigation Map Page.
1-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Figure 1-2 PFD Initialization
Figure 1-3 MFD Power-Up Splash Screen
1.5 SYSTEM OPERATION
NOTE: In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the PFD. In reversionary mode, it
can be adjusted from the remaining display.
The displays are connected together via a single Ethernet bus for high-speed communication. Each IAU is
connected to the on-side display. This section discusses normal and reversionary G1000 display operation, as
well as the various AHRS modes and G1000 System Annunciations.
NORMAL DISPLAY OPERATION
In normal operating mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed,
altitude, vertical speed), replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster (see the Flight Instruments Section
for more information).
The MFD normally displays a full-color moving map with navigation information (see the GPS Navigation
Section), while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System (EIS; see the EIS
Section).
Both displays offer control for COM and NAV frequency selection.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-7
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Primary Flight Display
Multi Function Display
Figure 1-4 G1000 Normal Display Operation
1-8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
REVERSIONARY DISPLAY OPERATION
NOTE: The G1000 System alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to Appendix A
for further information regarding system-specific alerts.
In the event of a display failure, the G1000 System automatically switches to reversionary (backup) mode. In
reversionary mode, all important flight information is presented on the remaining display in the same format
as in normal operating mode.
If a display fails, the appropriate IAU-display Ethernet interface is cut off. Thus, the IAU can no longer
communicate with the remaining display, and the NAV and COM functions provided to the failed display by the
IAU are flagged as invalid on the remaining display. The system reverts to backup paths for the AHRS, ADC,
Engine/Airframe Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths is completely automated for
all LRUs and no pilot action is required.
Figure 1-5 G1000 Reversionary Mode (Failed PFD)
If the system fails to detect a display problem, reversionary mode may be manually activated by pressing
the Audio Panel’s red DISPLAY BACKUP button (refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for further details).
Pressing this button again deactivates reversionary mode.
Pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP
button activates/deactivates
reversionary mode
Figure 1-6 DISPLAY BACKUP Button
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-9
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AHRS OPERATION
NOTE: Refer to Appendix A for specific AHRS alert information.
NOTE: Aggressive maneuvering while AHRS is not operating normally may degrade AHRS accuracy.
The Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) performs attitude, heading, and vertical acceleration
calculations for the G1000 System, utilizing GPS, magnetometer, and air data in addition to information
from its internal sensors. Attitude and heading information are updated on the PFD while the AHRS receives
appropriate combinations of information from the external sensor inputs.
Loss of GPS, magnetometer, or air data inputs is communicated to the pilot by message advisory alerts. Any
failure of the internal AHRS inertial sensors results in loss of attitude and heading information (indicated by red
‘X’ flags over the corresponding flight instruments).
available
available
unavailable
Magnetometer
AHRS no- AHRS no-Mag/
Mag Mode
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid
available
unavailable
available
Airspeed Data
AHRS Normal
Operation
unavailable
available
unavailable
GPS
AHRS
no-GPS
Mode
un
av
ail
ab
le
Attitude/Heading Invalid
Figure 1-7 AHRS Operation
GPS INPUT FAILURE
Two GPS inputs are provided to the AHRS. If GPS information from one of the inputs fails, the AHRS uses
the remaining GPS input and an alert message is issued to inform the pilot. If both GPS inputs fail, the AHRS
can continue to provide attitude and heading information to the PFD as long as magnetometer and airspeed
data are available and valid.
MAGNETOMETER FAILURE
If the magnetometer input fails, the AHRS continues to output valid attitude information; however, the
heading output on the PFD is flagged as invalid with a red ‘X’.
1-10
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AIR DATA INPUT FAILURE
Failure of the air data input has no effect on the AHRS output while AHRS is receiving valid GPS
information. Invalid/unavailable airspeed data in addition to GPS failure results in loss of all attitude and
heading information.
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
NOTE: For a detailed description of all annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A. Refer to the Aircraft
Flight Manual (AFM) for additional information regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed over the instrument experiencing
failed data (Figure 1-10 displays all possible flags and responsible LRUs). Upon G1000 power-up, certain
instruments remain invalid as equipment begins to initialize. All instruments should be operational within one
minute of power-up. If any instrument remains flagged, the G1000 should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized
repair facility.
GIA 63
GIA 63
GRS 77 or GMU 44
GEA 71
or
GIA 63
GDC 74
GIA 63
GDC 74
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GTX 33 or GIA 63
GIA 63
Figure 1-8 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-11
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.6 G1000 CONTROLS
PFD/MFD CONTROLS
The same controls and keys are found on both PFDs and the MFD.
(1) NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls the NAV audio level. Press to toggle the Morse code identifier ON and OFF. Volume level
is shown in the field as a percentage.
(2) NAV Frequency Toggle Key – Toggles the standby and active NAV frequencies.
(3) Dual NAV Knob – Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob) standby frequencies for the NAV receiver. Press
to toggle the tuning cursor (light blue box) between the NAV1 and NAV2 fields.
(4) Heading Knob – Turn to manually select a heading on the HSI. When pressed, it synchronizes the heading bug with
the compass lubber line.
(5) Joystick – Changes the map range (distance top to bottom of map display) when rotated. Activates the map pointer
when pressed.
(6) CRS/BARO Knob – The large knob sets the altimeter barometric pressure and the small knob adjusts the course. The
course is only adjustable when the HSI is in VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP mode. Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the
currently selected VOR.
(7) Dual COM Knob – Tunes the MHz (large knob) and kHz (small knob) standby frequencies for the COM transceiver.
Pressing this knob toggles the tuning cursor (light blue box) between the COM1 and COM2 fields.
(8) COM Frequency Toggle Key – Toggles the standby and active COM frequencies. Pressing and holding this key for two
seconds automatically tunes the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) in the active frequency field.
(9) COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio level. Pressing this knob turns the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF.
Audio volume level is shown in the field as a percentage.
(10) Direct-to Key – Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected destination
(specified by the identifier, chosen from the active route, or taken from the map cursor position).
(11) FPL Key – Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan, or for accessing stored
flight plans.
(12) CLR Key (DFLT MAP) – Erases information, cancels an entry, or removes page menus. To display the Navigation Map
Page immediately, press and hold CLR (MFD only).
(13) Dual FMS Knob – Used to select the page to be viewed (only on the MFD). The large knob selects a page group (MAP,
WPT, AUX, NRST), while the small knob selects a specific page within the page group. Pressing the small knob turns the
selection cursor ON and OFF.
(14) MENU Key – Displays a context-sensitive list of options. This list allows the user to access additional features, or to
make setting changes that relate to certain pages.
(15) PROC Key – Selects approaches, departures and arrivals from the flight plan. If a flight plan is used, available procedures
for the departure and/or arrival airport are automatically suggested. If a flight plan is not used, the desired airport and
the desired procedure may be selected. This key selects IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs) and
approaches (IAPs) from the database and loads them into the active flight plan.
(16) ENT Key – Accepts a menu selection or data entry. This key is used to approve an operation or complete data entry. It
is also used to confirm selections and information entries.
(17) Dual ALT Knob – Sets the reference altitude in the box located above the Altimeter. The large knob selects the
thousands, while the small knob selects the hundreds.
1-12
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SOFTKEY FUNCTION
The softkeys are located along the bottoms of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey level
or page being displayed. The bezel keys below the softkeys can be used to select the appropriate softkey. When
a softkey is selected, its color changes to black text on gray background and remains this way until it is turned
off, at which time it reverts to white text on black background.
In the following descriptions, top level softkeys are denoted by bullets.
Softkey
On
Softkey Selection
Box (Light Blue)
Softkey Names
(Displayed)
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (Press)
Figure 1-9 Softkeys (Second-Level PFD Configuration)
The MFD/PFD Control Unit can also be used to select softkeys.
PFD SOFTKEYS.
Softkey ON
Softkey OFF
INSET
PFD
OBS
CDI
XPDR
IDENT
TMR/REF
NRST
ALERTS
Figure 1-10 PFD Top Level Softkeys
INSET – Press to display the Inset Map in the lower left corner of the PFD.
OFF – Press to remove the Inset Map.
DCLTR (3) – Press momentarily to select the desired amount of map detail. The declutter level appears adjacent to the
DCLTR softkey.
• No declutter: All map features are visible
• Declutter – 1: Declutters land data
• Declutter – 2: Declutters land and SUA data
• Declutter – 3: Removes everything except the active flight plan
TRAFFIC – Press to display traffic on the inset map.
TOPO – Press to display topographical data (i.e., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on the Inset
Map.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-13
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
INSET
(optional)
OFF
DCLTR
TRAFFIC
TOPO
TERRAIN STRMSCP
(optional)
(optional)
NEXRAD
XM LTNG
BACK
ALERTS
Press the BACK or OFF softkey
to return to the top level
softkeys
DCLTR-1
DCLTR-2
DCLTR-3
Figure 1-11 PFD Softkey Flow Chart – 1
TERRAIN – Press to display terrain information on the Inset Map.
STRMSCP (optional) – Press to display the Stormscope lightning data on the Inset Map (within a 200 nm radius of
the aircraft).
NEXRAD (optional) – Press to display NEXRAD precipitation data on the Inset Map.
XM LTNG (optional) – Press to display the XM Radio lightning data on the Inset Map.
BACK – Press to return to the previous level softkey configuration.
ALERTS – Press to display the Alerts window.
PFD – Press to display the additional softkeys for additional configuration of the PFD.
METRIC – Press to display the current and reference altitudes in meters, in addition to feet. Pressing the metric softkey
also changes the barometric setting to hectopascals.
DFLTS – Press to reset default settings on the PFD.
BRG1 (bearing) – Press to cycle through the following information:
NAV1 – Displays NAV1 waypoint frequency or identifier in the BRG1 information window.
GPS – Displays GPS waypoint identifier and GPS distance information in the BRG1 information window.
OFF – Removes the BRG1 information window.
PFD
METRIC
DFLTS
BRG1
360 HSI
Press the DFLTS softkey to change the PFD
metric values to standard
ARC HSI
BRG2
STD BARO
BACK
ALERTS
Press the STD BARO or BACK softkeys
to return to the top level softkeys
Figure 1-12 PFD Softkey Flow Chart – 2
1-14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
360 HSI – Press to display the 360° compass rose.
ARC HSI – Press to display the 140° viewable arc.
BRG2 (bearing) – Press to cycle through the following information:
NAV2 – Displays NAV2 waypoint frequency or identifier in the BRG2 information window.
GPS – Displays GPS waypoint identifier and GPS distance information in the BRG2 information window.
OFF – Removes the BRG2 information window.
STD BARO – Press to set the barometric pressure to 29.92 inches of mercury (1013 hPa by pressing the METRIC
softkey).
BACK – Press to return to the previous level softkeys.
ALERTS – Press to display the Alerts window.
OBS – Press to select OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only available with active leg).
CDI – Press to change navigation mode on the CDI between GPS, VOR1, and VOR2.
XPDR – Press to display the transponder mode selection softkeys.
STBY – Press to select standby mode.
ON – Press to select mode A.
ALT – Press to select altitude reporting mode.
VFR – Press to automatically squawk 1200 (only in the U.S.A., refer to ICAO standards for VFR codes in other
countries).
CODE – Press to display transponder code selection softkeys 0-7.
0 through 7 – Press numbers to enter code.
IDENT – Press to provide special aircraft position identification to Air Traffic Control (ATC).
BKSP – Press to remove numbers entered one at a time.
BACK – Press to return to the previous level softkeys.
IDENT – Press to provide special aircraft position identification to Air Traffic Control (ATC).
BACK – Press to return to the previous level softkeys.
ALERTS – Press to display the Alerts window.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-15
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
IDENT – Press to provide special aircraft position identification to Air Traffic Control (ATC).
TMR/REF – Press to display the Timer/References window.
NRST – Press to display the Nearest Airports window.
ALERTS – Press to display the Alerts window.
1.3
MFD SOFTKEYS
ENGINE – Pressing this softkey makes available the Engine Page functions. Refer to the Engine Indication System section.
MAP – Pressing this softkey enables the following softkeys:
TRAFFIC – Pressing this softkey displays/removes Traffic on the Navigation Map.
TOPO – Pressing this softkey displays or removes topographic information on the Navigation Map.
TERRAIN – Pressing this softkey displays/removes terrain and obstacle data on the Navigation Map.
DCLTR
MAP
ENGINE
CHKLIST
(optional)
Press the BACK softkey on this level to
return to the top softkey level
ENGINE
SYSTEM
FUEL
DCLTR-1
BACK
DCLTR-2
DCLTR-3
TRAFFIC
ENGINE
SYSTEM
FUEL
DEC FUEL
INC FUEL
RST FUEL
TOPO
Press to return to the
top softkey level
TERRAIN
(optional)
(optional)
(optional)
STRMSCP
NEXRAD
XM LTNG
BACK
BACK
The DONE softkey changes to UNDO when the checklist
item is already checked
ENGINE
DONE
EXIT
EMERGCY
CLR
ENGINE
MAP
DCLTR
CHKLIST
Figure 1-14 MFD Softkeys
STRMSCP (optional) – Pressing this softkey displays/removes Stormscope lightning data on the Navigation Map.
NEXRAD (optional) – Pressing this softkey displays/removes precipitation data on the Navigation Map.
XM LTNG (optional) – Pressing this softkey displays/removes XM Radio lightning data on the Navigation Map.
BACK – Pressing this softkey displays the ENGINE and MAP top level softkeys.
DCLTR (declutter) – Pressing this softkey removes map information in three levels.
1-16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The NAV, CRS/BARO, COM, FMS, and ALT knobs are concentric dual knobs, each having small (inner)
and large (outer) control portion. When a portion of the knob is not specified in the text, either may be used.
Large (Outer)
Knob
Small (Inner)
Knob
Figure 1-15 Dual Concentric Knob
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-17
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.7 ACCESSING G1000 FUNCTIONALITY
MENUS
The G1000 has a dedicated MENU Key that when pressed displays a context-sensitive list of options. This
options list allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to
the currently displayed window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to
additional submenus that are used to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘NO OPTIONS’
when there are no options for the window/page selected. The main controls used in association with all
window/page group operations are described in Section 1.6, G1000 Controls. Softkey presses do not display
menus or submenus.
Navigating a menu:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the menu.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar always appears to the right of the
window/box when the option list is longer than the window/box).
3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option.
4) Press the CLR Key or FMS Knob to remove the menu and cancel the operation.
No Options for
NRST Window
Options for FPL Window
Figure 1-16 Page Menu Examples
DATA ENTRY
Using the FMS Knob to enter data:
1) If needed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field.
3) Begin entering data by turning the small FMS Knob to select a character for the first placeholder.
Turning the knob to the right scrolls through the alphabet (where appropriate) toward the letter Z, starting in
the middle at K, and the digits zero through nine. Turning the knob to the left scrolls in the opposite direction.
4) Use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next placeholder in the field.
5) Repeat, using the small FMS Knob to select a character and the large FMS Knob to move the cursor, until the
field is complete. Press the ENT Key to confirm entry.
6) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to cancel data entry (the field reverts back to its previous information).
1-18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
PAGE GROUPS
NOTE: Refer to other supporting sections in this Pilot’s Guide for details on specific pages.
Information on the MFD is presented on pages which are grouped according to function. The page group and
active page title are displayed in the upper center of the screen, below the Navigation Status Box. In the bottom
right corner of the screen, the current page group, number of pages available in the group, and placement of
the current page within the group are indicated by icons. For some of these pages (Airport/Procedure/Weather
Information, XM, Procedure Loading), the title of the page may change while the page icon remains the same.
Page Group
Active Page Title
Figure 1-17 Page Title
Page Groups
Pages in Current Group
Selected Page
Figure 1-18 Page Group Icons
MFD
There are four main page groups, navigated using the FMS Knob; specific pages within each group can vary
depending on the configuration of optional equipment.
Selecting a page using the FMS Knob:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob until the desired page group is selected.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob until the desired page is selected.
• Map Page Group (MAP)
Navigation Map
Traffic Map
Weather Data Link (optional)
Terrain/TAWS (TAWS optional)
Figure 1-19 Map Pages
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-19
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• Waypoint Page Group (WPT)
Airport/Procedures/Weather Information Pages
- Airport Information
(INFO Softkey)
- Departure Information
(DP Softkey)
- Arrival Information
(STAR Softkey)
- Approach Information
(APR Softkey)
- Weather Information (optional)
(WX Softkey)
Intersection Information
NDB Information
Airport/Procedures/
Weather Information
Pages
VOR Information
User Waypoint Information
Figure 1-20 Waypoint Pages
• Auxiliary Page Group (AUX)
Trip Planning
Utility
GPS Status
System Setup
XM Satellite screens (optional)
- XM Information
(INFO Softkey)
- XM Radio
(RADIO Softkey)
XM
Pages
System Status
Figure 1-21 Auxiliary Pages
1-20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• Nearest Page Group (NRST)
Nearest Airports
Nearest Intersections
Nearest NDB
Nearest VOR
Nearest User Waypoints
Nearest Frequencies
Nearest Airspaces
Figure 1-22 Nearest Pages
• Flight Plan Page Group (FPL)
Active Flight Plan
Flight Plan Catalog
- Stored Flight Plan
(NEW Softkey)
Vertical Navigation
Figure 1-23 Flight Plan Pages
There are also several pages (Airport/Procedures/Weather Information and XM pages) which are selected first
from within a main page group with the FMS Knob, then with the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the
page. In this case, the page remains set to the selected page until a different page softkey is pressed, even if a
different page group is selected.
In addition to the main page groups accessed exclusively using the FMS Knob, there are pages for flight
planning (FPL) and loading procedures (PROC) which are accessed by key. In some instances, softkeys may be
used to access the Procedure Loading pages.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-21
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The Flight Plan pages are accessed using the FPL Key on the MFD. Main pages within this group are selected
by turning the small FMS Knob.
The Procedure Loading pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu
is initialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading page is
opened. These pages can also be accessed from the Active and Stored Flight Plan pages using the LD softkeys.
Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure Loading pages (note the single page icon in the
lower right corner).
Information on optional electronic checklist pages is offered later in this section. Checklist pages may be
accessed from any page on the MFD using the CHKLIST Softkey.
SYSTEM SETUP AND STATUS
In the Auxiliary (AUX) Page Group, there are two system pages: System Setup and System Status. The System
Setup Page allows management of various system parameters, while the System Status Page displays the status
of all G1000 System LRUs.
AUX - SYSTEM SETUP PAGE
The System Setup Page allows management of the following system parameters:
1-22
• Time display format (local or UTC )
• Audio alert voice
• Displayed measurement units
• MFD Data Bar (Navigation Status Box) fields
• Map datum
• GPS Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) range
• Airspace alerts
• COM transceiver channel spacing
• Arrival alert
• Displayed nearest airports
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Figure 1-24 System Setup Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-23
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
PILOT PROFILES
NOTE: Pilot profile names cannot start with a blank as the first letter in the name.
System settings configured on the System Setup Page may be saved under a pilot profile. The G1000 will
store up to 25 profiles; the currently active profile and amount of memory used and available are shown
at the top of the System Setup Page in the Pilot Profile Box. From this box, pilot profiles may be created,
selected, renamed, or deleted.
Creating a profile:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CREATE’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Create Profile’ window is displayed.
5) Enter a profile name up to 16 characters long and press the ENT Key.
6) In the next field, use the small FMS Knob to select the desired settings upon which to base the new profile.
Profiles can be created based on Garmin factory defaults, default profile settings (initially based on Garmin
factory defaults unless edited by the pilot), or current system settings.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘CREATE’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to create the profile
OR:
Use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CREATE and ACTIVATE’ and press the ENT Key to activate the new profile.
9) To cancel the process, select ‘CANCEL’ with the large FMS Knob and press the ENT Key.
Selecting an active profile:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the active profile field in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the pilot profile list and highlight the desired profile.
5) Press the ENT Key. The G1000 loads and displays the system settings for the selected profile.
Renaming a profile:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘RENAME’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) In the ‘Rename Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to rename.
1-24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Enter a new profile name up to 16 characters long and press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘RENAME’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
9) To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting a profile:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘DELETE’ in the Pilot Profile Box.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) In the ‘Delete Profile’ window, turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to delete.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) With ‘DELETE’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
8) To cancel the process, use the large FMS Knob to select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
DATE/TIME
The Date/Time Box on the System Setup page displays the current date and time and allows the pilot
to set the time format (local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC) and offset. The time offset is used to define
current local time. UTC (also called “GMT” or “Zulu”) date and time are calculated directly from the GPS
satellites signals and cannot be changed. When using a local time format, designate the offset by adding or
subtracting the desired number of hours.
Setting the system time format:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time format field in the Date/Time Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired system time format (local 12hr, local 24hr, UTC).
5) Press the ENT Key.
Setting the current time offset:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the time offset field in the Date/Time Box.
4) Enter the time offset and press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-25
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
DISPLAY UNITS
The Display Units Box on the System Setup Page allows configuration of the measurement units used for
the following displayed data:
• Nav angle (auto, true)
• Temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit)
• Distance and speed (metric, nautical)
• Fuel and fuel flow (gallons, imperial gallons,
kilograms, liters, pounds)
• Altitude and vertical speed (feet, meters)
• Position (HDDD°MM.MM’, HDDD°MM’SS.S”,
• Barometric pressure (inches of mercury,
MGRS, UTM/UPS)
hectopascals)
For the navigation angle, if ‘Auto’ is selected, all track, course, and heading information is corrected to the
computed magnetic variation, shown as MAG VAR in the Display Units Box . The “True” setting references
all information to true north.
Changing a display units setting:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Display Units Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select from a list of measurement units.
5) Press the ENT Key when the desired unit is highlighted.
6) To cancel the process without changing the units, press the CLR Key.
MAP DATUM
NOTE: Per TSO C129a, the WSG 84 map datum should be used in the United States. For use outside the U.S.,
select the geodetic datum required by that country. See Appendix E for a list of available map datums.
The aviation database contains over 100 map datums to adjust position reading, making it conform to
specific paper charts. The default datum setting is WSG 84. If charts based on another datum are being
used, the G1000 should be set to use the same datum. Using a map datum that does not match the
paper charts can result in significant differences in position information. If paper charts are being used
for reference only, the G1000 still provides correct navigation guidance to the waypoints contained in the
database, regardless of the datum selected.
The Map Datum Box on the System Setup Page allows selection of the map datum to be used by the
G1000 from a list of datums available in the current aviation database.
Selecting a Map Datum:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page. Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing
cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the datum in the Map Datum Box. Turn the small FMS Knob to display
and scroll through the list of available map datums.
3) Press the ENT Key when the desired datum is highlighted.
1-26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AIRSPACE ALERTS
The Airspace Alerts Box allows the pilot to turn the controlled/special-use airspace message alerts on
or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the Nearest Airspaces Page or the airspace boundaries
depicted on the MFD Navigation Map Page. It simply turns on/off the warning provided when the aircraft
is approaching or near an airspace.
Alerts for the following airspaces can be turned on/off in the Airspace Alerts Box:
• Class B/TMA
• Restricted
• Class C/TCA
• MOA (Military)
• Class D
• Other airspaces
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For
example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an
alert message will not be generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and
projected to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer
is 200 feet.
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the altitude buffer field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the Airspace Alerts Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
ARRIVAL ALERTS
The Arrival Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows arrival alerts to be turned on/off and the alert
trigger distance set. An arrival alert can be set to notify the pilot with a message upon reaching a userspecified distance from the final destination (the direct-to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flight plan).
Once the set distance (up to 99.9 units) has been reached, an “Arrival at [waypoint]” message is displayed
in the PFD Navigation Status Box.
Enabling/disabling an arrival alert:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ON/OFF field in the Arrival Alert Box.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-27
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert ON or counterclockwise to turn the alert OFF.
Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the distance field in the Arrival Alert Box.
4) Enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO ALERTS
The Audio Alert Box on the System Setup Page allows the audio alert voice to be set to male or female.
Changing the audio alert voice:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice in the Audio Alert Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and highlight the desired voice.
5) Press the ENT Key.
MFD DATA BAR FIELDS
The MFD Data Bar Fields Box on the System Setup Page can be used to change the configuration of
the data fields in the Navigation Status Box on the MFD. By default, the Navigation Status Box is set to
display ground speed (GS), distance to next waypoint (DIS), estimated time enroute (ETE), and enroute
safe altitude (ESA). The Navigation Status Box on the PFD is not affected.
Changing the information shown in an MFD Navigation Status Box field:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the MFD Data Bar Fields Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired selection from the data options list.
5) Press the ENT Key.
The following data may be selected for display in the four fields of the MFD Navigation Status Box.
1-28
• Bearing (BRG)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Distance (DIS)
• Minimum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• Desired Track (DTK)
• Track Angle Error (TKE)
• Enroute Safe Altitude (ESA)
• Track (TRK)
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Vertical Speed Required (VSR)
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
• Crosstrack Error (XTK)
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
GPS CDI
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to define the range for the on-screen Course
Deviation Indicator (CDI). The range values represent full range deflection for the CDI to either side. The
default setting is ‘AUTO’. At this setting, leaving the departure airport the CDI range is set to 1.0 nm and
gradually ramps up to 5 nm beyond 30 nm from the departure airport. The CDI range is set to 5.0 nautical
miles during the enroute phase of flight. Within 30 nm of the destination airport, the CDI range gradually
ramps down to 1.0 nm (terminal area). During approach operations, the CDI range ramps down even
further to 0.3 nm. This transition normally occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF).
If a lower CDI range setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher range settings are not selected
during any phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 nm is selected, the G1000 uses this for enroute and terminal
phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during an approach. Note that the Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI range and corresponding flight phases.
The GPS CDI Box on the System Setup Page displays the following:
• Selected CDI range (AUTO, 5 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
• Current system CDI range (5 nm, 1 nm, 0.3 nm)
• ILS CDI capture mode setting (AUTO, MANUAL)
Changing the CDI range:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the selected field in the GPS CDI Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired selection from the range list.
5) Press the ENT Key.
Changing the ILS CDI capture setting:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ILS CDI capture field in the GPS CDI Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired mode.
5) Press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-29
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
COM CONFIGURATION
NOTE: 8.33 kHz VHF communication frequency channel spacing is not approved for use in the United States.
Select the 25.0 kHz channel spacing option for use in the United States.
The COM Configuration Box on the System Setup Page allows the pilot to select 8.33 kHz or 25.0 kHz
COM frequency channel spacing.
Changing COM channel spacing:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the channel spacing field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key.
NEAREST AIRPORTS
The Nearest Airports Box on the System Setup Page defines the minimum runway length and surface type
used when determining the nine nearest airports to display on the MFD Nearest Airports Page. A minimum
runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that
are not of appropriate surface from being displayed. Default settings are 0 feet (or meters) for runway
length and “any” for runway surface type.
Selecting nearest airport surface matching criteria (any, hard only, hard/soft, water):
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the runway surface field in the Nearest Airports Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (any, hard only, hard/soft, water).
5) Press the ENT Key.
Selecting nearest airport minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS knob to select the System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the minimum length field in the Nearest Airport Box.
4) Enter the minimum runway length (zero to 99,999 feet) and press the ENT Key.
1-30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AUX - SYSTEM STATUS PAGE
The System Status Page displays the status and software version numbers for all detected system LRUs.
Pertinent information on all system databases is also displayed. Active LRUs are indicated by green check
marks and failed LRUs are indicated by red ‘X’s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a Columbia service center
or Garmin-authorized dealer informed.
Figure 1-25 Example System Status Page
The LRU, ARFRM, and DBASE softkeys on the System Status Page select the box (LRU Info, Airframe,
or Database) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll if all the information cannot appear on the
screen. The cursor can also be placed in the desired box using the System Status Page Menu.
The ANN TEST Softkey, when depressed, causes an annunciation test tone to be played.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-31
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.8 DISPLAY BACKLIGHTING
NOTE: No other window can be displayed on the PFD while the PFD Setup Menu is displayed. Pressing the
MENU Key while any other PFD window is displayed does not display the PFD Setup Menu.
The backlighting of the PFD and MFD displays and bezel, MFD/PFD Control Unit, and Audio Panel keys can
be adjusted automatically or manually. Backlighting intensity ranges from 0.14% to 100%.
The default setting (automatic backlighting adjustment) uses photocell technology to automatically adjust for
ambient lighting conditions. Photocell calibration curves are pre-configured to optimize display appearance
through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions.
Manual backlighting adjustment can be accomplished using the existing instrument panel dimmer bus or the
following procedures:
Adjusting display backlighting:
1) Press the PFD MENU Key to display the PFD Setup Menu. ‘AUTO’ is now highlighted next to ‘PFD DSPL’.
PFD
Figure 1-26 PFD Setup Menu
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) With the intensity value now highlighted, enter the desired backlighting then press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’ next to ‘MFD DSPL’ and repeat steps 2-4.
6) To remove the menu, press the CLR or MENU Key.
1-32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Adjusting key backlighting:
1) Press the PFD MENU Key to display the PFD Setup Menu. ‘AUTO’ is now highlighted next to ‘PFD DSPL’.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD DSPL’.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrowhead to display ‘PFD KEY’.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘AUTO’.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘MANUAL’.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) With the intensity value now highlighted, enter the desired backlighting and press the ENT Key.
8) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘MFD DSPL’.
9) Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrowhead to display ‘MFD KEY’ and repeat steps 4-7.
10) To remove the menu, press the CLR or MENU Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
1-33
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
BLANK PAGE
1-34
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: In the event that the airspeed, attitude, altitude, or heading indications become unusable, refer
to the backup instruments.
The G1000 System controls were designed so that regardless of which seat the pilot is flying from, the aircraft
can be flown with one hand and the controls manipulated with the other hand. Increased situational awareness
is provided by replacing the traditional instrument “six-pack” on the instrument panel with an easy-to-scan
display that provides a large horizon, airspeed, attitude, altitude, vertical speed, and course deviation information.
In addition to the flight instruments, navigation, communication, annunciations, terrain, traffic, and weather
information are also presented on the PFD and explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFD:
• Airspeed Indicator, showing
– Reference Altitude
• Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
• Outside air temperature (OAT)
– Airspeed awareness ranges
• Vertical Deviation/Glideslope
Indicator
– Vspeed reference flags
• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
• Generic timer
– True airspeed
• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid
indication
• Altimeter, showing
– Barometric setting
• System time
• Horizontal Situation Indicator,
showing
– Turn Rate Indicator
– Bearing pointers and
information windows
The PFD also displays various alerts and annunciations.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-1
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
20
19
18
1
17
16
15
2
14
13
12
3
11
4
10
5
9
6
8
7
1
NAV Frequency Box
11 Turn Rate Indicator
2
Airspeed Indicator
12 Altimeter Barometric Setting
3
True Airspeed
13 Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
4
Current Heading
14 Reference Altitude Bug
5
Horizontal Situation Indicator ( HSI)
15 Altimeter
6
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
16 Reference Altitude
7
Softkeys
17 COM Frequency Box
8
System Time
18 Navigation Status Box
9
Transponder Data Box
19 Slip/Skid Indicator
10 Selected Heading Bug
20 Attitude Indicator
Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)
2-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
10
1
9
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
1
Traffic Annunciation
6
Alerts Window
2
Selected Heading
7
Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude
3
Inset Map
8
Annunciation Window
4
Bearing Information Windows
9
Vertical Deviation/Glideslope Indicator
5
Selected Course
10 Marker Beacon Annunciation
Figure 2-2 Additional PFD Information
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-3
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
NOTE: Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for speed criteria and Vspeed values.
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a rolling number gauge using a moving tape. The true airspeed
(TAS) is displayed in knots below the Airspeed Indicator.
The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving tape are marked at intervals of 10 knots, while minor
tick marks on the moving tape are indicated at intervals of 5 knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60
knots of airspeed viewable at any time. The actual airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer
remains black until reaching maximum operating speed (VMO), at which point it turns red (Figure 2-4).
Airspeed
Trend Vector
Actual
Airspeed
Speed
Ranges
Figure 2-4 Red Pointer at VMO
Vspeed Reference
True Airspeed
Figure 2-3 Airspeed Indicator
A color-coded (white, green, and red/white striped) speed range strip is located on the moving tape. The
colors denote flaps operating range, normal operating range, and maximum operating speed (VMO). A red
range is also present for low speed awareness.
The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical, magenta line, extending up or down on the airspeed scale, shown
to the right of the color-coded speed range strip. The end of the trend vector corresponds to the predicted
airspeed in 6 seconds if the current rate of acceleration is maintained. If the trend vector crosses VMO, the text
of the actual airspeed readout changes to yellow. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains constant or
if any data needed to calculate airspeed is not available due to a system failure.
2-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Vspeeds (Vref and Vclimb) can be changed and their flags turned on/off from the Timer/References Window.
When active (on), the Vspeeds are displayed at their respective locations to the right of the airspeed scale. By
default, all Vspeed values are reset and all flags turned off when power is cycled.
Changing Vspeeds and turning Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field of the desired Vspeed to be changed.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired speed and press the ENT Key (when a speed has been changed from a
default value, an asterisk appears next to the speed).
4) With the flag ON/OFF field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
Figure 2-6 Timer/References Menu
Figure 2-5 Timer/References Window
Turning all Vspeed flags on/off:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) To activate all Vspeed flags, press the ENT Key with ‘All References On’ highlighted.
4) To remove all Vspeed flags, turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘All References Off’ and press the ENT Key.
Restoring all Vspeed defaults:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Restore Defaults’ and press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-5
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
NOTE: Some supplemental PFD information disappears when pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚.
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The
Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information.
1
2
9
1
Roll Pointer
8
2
Roll Scale
7
3
Horizon Line
4
Aircraft Symbol
5
Land Representation
6
Pitch Scale
7
Slip/Skid Indicator
8
Sky Representation
9
Roll Scale Zero
6
3
4
5
Figure 2-7 Attitude Indicator
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric
labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 80˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up
to 25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch
marks occur every 2.5˚. Red extreme pitch warning chevrons pointing toward the horizon are displayed,
starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon line.
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor
tick marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the
position of the pointer on the roll scale.
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. The indicator moves with the roll pointer and
moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate lateral acceleration. Slip/skid is indicated by the location
of the bar relative to the pointer. One bar displacement is equal to one ball displacement on a traditional
Slip/Skid Indicator.
Figure 2-9 Slip/Skid Indication
Nose High
Nose Low
Figure 2-8 Pitch Attitude Warnings
2-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ALTIMETER
The Altimeter displays 600 feet of barometric altitude values at a time on a rolling number gauge using a
moving tape. Numeric labels and major tick marks are shown at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at
intervals of 20 feet. The current altitude is displayed in the black pointer.
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, the end resting at the
approximate altitude to be reached in 6 seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown if
altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.
Reference
Altitude
Reference
Altitude Bug
Altitude
Trend
Vector
Current
Altitude
Reference
Altitude
(Meters)
Current
Altitude
(Meters)
Barometric
Setting Box
(Hectopascals)
Barometric
Setting
Figure 2-10 Altimeter
Figure 2-11 Altimeter (Metric)
The Reference Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A
bug corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape; if the Reference Altitude exceeds the range shown on
the tape, the bug appears at the corresponding edge of the tape.
Setting the Reference Altitude:
Turn the ALT Knob to set the Reference Altitude (large knob for 1000-ft increments, small for 100-ft
increments).
The Altimeter barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or
hectopascals (hPa) when the METRIC Softkey is pressed.
Selecting the barometric Altimeter setting:
Turn the BARO (outer) Knob to select the desired barometric pressure setting for the Altimeter.
Selecting standard barometric pressure (29.92 in Hg):
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press the STD BARO Softkey.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-7
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Reference and current altitudes can be displayed in meters (readouts displayed above the normal readouts in
feet) and the Altimeter barometric setting in hectopascals (see Figure 2-11). Note that the altitude tape does
not change scale.
Displaying altitude and the Altimeter barometric setting in metric units:
1) Press the PFD Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the METRIC Softkey to display altitudes in meters and the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals.
3) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
VERTICAL DEVIATION/GLIDESLOPE INDICATOR
The Vertical Deviation/Glideslope Indicator (Figure 2-12) appears to the left of the Altimeter when an ILS is
tuned in the active NAV field (and selected as the navigation source). A green diamond appears and acts as the
Vertical Deviation Indicator, just like a glideslope needle on a conventional indicator.
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (VSI)
The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI; Figure 2-13) displays the aircraft’s vertical speed with numeric labels and
tick marks at 1000 and 2000 fpm in each direction on the non-moving tape. Minor tick marks are at intervals
of 500 fpm.
The current vertical speed is displayed in the pointer, which also points to that speed on the non-moving tape.
Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent
exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at the corresponding edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the
pointer.
Marker
Beacon
Annunciation
Vertical
Speed
Pointer
Vertical
Deviation/
Glideslope
Indicator
Figure 2-12 Vertical Deviation/Glideslope Indicator
2-8
Figure 2-13 Vertical Speed Indicator
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation. Letters
indicate the cardinal points and numeric labels occur every 30˚. Major tick marks are at 10˚ intervals and minor
tick marks at 5˚ intervals. The HSI presents heading, turn rate, course deviation, bearing, and navigation source
information and is available in two formats (360˚ compass rose and 140˚ arc).
Changing the HSI display format:
1) Press the PFD Softkey
2) Press the 360 HSI or ARC HSI Softkey.
The 360˚ HSI (Figure 2-14) contains a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI), with a Course Pointer, To/From
Indicator, and a sliding deviation bar and scale. The course pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1, and
LOC1) or a double line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/From
arrow rotates with the course pointer and is displayed when the active NAVAID is received.
14
13
1
12
2
11
3
10
4
9
8
5
7
1
Turn Rate Indicator
8
To/From Indicator
2
Lateral Deviation Scale
9
Heading Bug
3
Navigation Source
10 Course Pointer
4
Aircraft Symbol
11 Flight Phase
5
12 Turn Rate and Heading
6
Course Deviation Indicator
(CDI)
Rotating Compass Card
7
OBS Mode Active
Trend Vector
13 Current Heading
14 Lubber Line
6
Figure 2-14 Horizontal Situation Indicator (360˚ HSI)
The Arc HSI (Figure 2-15) is a 140˚ expanded section of the compass rose. The Arc HSI contains a Course
Pointer, To/From Indicator, a sliding deviation indicator (the To/From and deviation indicators are combined),
and a deviation scale. Upon station passage, the To/From Indicator flips and points to the tail of the aircraft,
just like a conventional To/From flag. Depending on the navigation source, the CDI on the Arc HSI can appear
in two different ways: an arrowhead (GPS, VOR, OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Course Pointer
Flight Phase
Annunciation
Course Deviation and
To/From Indicator
Navigation Source
Lateral Deviation Scale
Figure 2-15 Arc HSI
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-9
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
A digital reading of the current magnetic heading appears on top of the HSI. The heading displayed on the
HSI is always magnetic, even if the NAV ANGLE is set to ‘TRUE’ on the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD
(see the System Overview for details).
When a course is selected by rotating the CRS Knob, a digital reading appears for 3 seconds in a box to the
right of the lubber line, next to the HSI. Pressing the CRS Knob displays the digital reading, re-centers the CDI,
and returns the course pointer pointing to the bearing of the active waypoint or navigation station (see OBS
Mode for information on adjusting a GPS course).
When a heading is selected by rotating the HDG Knob, a digital reading appears for 3 seconds in a box to the
left of the lubber line, next to the HSI. A rotatable heading bug marks the desired heading on the HSI. This
Selected Heading Bug and the current aircraft heading can be synchronized by pressing the HDG Knob, which
moves the bug to the current heading.
Selected
Heading
Current
Heading
Selected
Selected
Heading Bug Course
Figure 2-16 Heading and Course Indications
The following annunciations appear in yellow on the HSI to indicate abnormal GPS conditions:
• ‘INTEG’: Loss of Integrity–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight (see Figure 2-20)
• ‘WARN’: GPS position error
TURN RATE INDICATOR
The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card. Tick marks to the left and right
of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the
current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in 6 seconds, based on the present
turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn
rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than
4 deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid
(Figure 2-17).
Half-std Turn Rate
Std Turn Rate
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate >
4 deg/sec
Figure 2-17 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector
2-10
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
BEARING POINTERS AND INFORMATION WINDOWS
NOTE: When the Arc HSI is displayed, the Bearing Information windows and pointers are disabled.
Two bearing pointers and associated information (Figure 2-18) can be displayed on the HSI by pressing the
PFD Softkey then a BRG Softkey. Use the BRG Softkey to cycle through bearing sources (NAV, GPS). The
pointers are light blue and are single- (BRG1) or double-lined (BRG2); an icon is shown in the respective
information window to indicate the pointer type. The bearing pointers never override the CDI and are
visually separated from the CDI by a white ring (shown even when bearing pointers are selected but not
necessarily visible due to data unavailability).
When a bearing pointer is displayed, its associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information Windows are displayed to the lower sides of the HSI and show:
• Bearing source (NAV, GPS)
• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS)
• Pointer icon (single line, BRG1; double, BRG2)
• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing source
• Frequency (NAV)
Bearing 2
Pointer
Distance to
Bearing Source
Bearing 1
Pointer
No
Waypoint
Selected
Station
Identifier
Pointer
Bearing
Icon
Source
Bearing 2 Information Window
Bearing
Pointer
Source
Icon
Bearing 1 Information Window
Figure 2-18 HSI with Bearing Information
If the NAV radio is the selected bearing source and is tuned to an ILS frequency, the bearing pointer is
removed from the HSI and the frequency is replaced with “ILS”. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for
tuning information. If the NAV radio is not receiving the tuned VOR station, the bearing pointer is removed
from the HSI and the frequency displayed in the information window is replaced with “NO DATA”. When
NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station identifier when the
station is within range.
If GPS is the selected bearing source, the active waypoint identifier is displayed in lieu of a frequency. If an
active waypoint is not selected, the bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and “NO DATA” is displayed in
the information window.
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
1) Press the PFD Softkey.
2) Press a BRG Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press the BRG Softkey again to change the bearing source to GPS.
4) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press the BRG Softkey again.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-11
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR
NOTE: If the pilot makes a heading change greater than 105˚ with respect to the course, the CDI on the Arc
HSI switches to the opposite side of the deviation scale and displays reverse sensing.
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course.
Navigation
Source
CDI
Scale
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
CDI
CDI
CDI
Scale
Arc HSI
360º HSI
Figure 2-19 Course Deviation Indicator
The CDI can display two sources of navigation: GPS or NAV (VOR, localizer, and glideslope). The CDI
Softkey cycles through the navigation sources. Color indicates the current navigation source: magenta (for GPS)
or green (for VOR and LOC).
Figure 2-20 Navigation Sources with Example Annunciations
2-12
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Changing navigation sources:
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. The light blue tuning box is placed over the NAV1
standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD.
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. The light blue tuning box is placed
over the NAV2 standby frequency.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
NAV1 Selected
for Tuning
LOC1
Selected
GPS
Selected
NAV2 Selected
for Tuning
VOR2
Selected
CDI Softkey Cycles Through
Navigation Sources
Figure 2-21 Selecting a Navigation Source
CDI SCALING
The CDI has the same angular limits as a mechanical CDI when coupled to a VOR or LOC. When coupled
to GPS, the full scale limits for the CDI are defined by a GPS-derived distance (5.0, 1.0, or 0.3 nm). The
current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as ‘System CDI’ on the AUX - System Setup Page, and the scale
setting may also be changed (5.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page (Figure 2-22). When set to
‘Auto’ (default), the CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the current phase of
flight:
• Leaving the departure airport the CDI scale is set to 1.0 nm and gradually ramps up to 5.0 nm beyond 30
nm from the departure airport
• The CDI scale is set to 5.0 nm during the enroute phase of flight
• Within 30 nm of the destination airport, the CDI scale gradually ramps down to 1.0 nm (terminal area)
• During approach operations, the CDI scale ramps down even further to 0.3 nm. This transition normally
occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF).
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-13
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
If a lower CDI scale setting is selected (1.0 or 0.3 nm), the higher scale settings are not selected during any
phase of flight and the selected setting is displayed instead of the flight phase annunciation. For example, if
1.0 nm is selected, the G1000 uses this for enroute and terminal phases and ramps down to 0.3 nm during
an approach. Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) protection limits follow the selected CDI
scale and corresponding flight phases.
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Selected’ in the ‘GPS CDI’ box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Figure 2-22 System Setup Page,
GPS CDI Setting
AUTOMATIC NAVIGATION SOURCE SWITCHING
On the AUX - System Setup Page, ‘ILS CDI Capture’ may be changed to ‘Manual’. In ‘Auto’ (default)
setting, the system automatically switches from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling
accordingly when:
• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
• The final approach fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF
• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned
• The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection
GPS steering guidance is still provided after the HSI automatically switches to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating
Vector-to-Final (see the GPS Navigation Section) also causes the HSI to switch to LOC navigation source,
although the change is not considered automatic to the system and GPS steering guidance is not provided
after this switch.
2-14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Changing the ILS CDI Capture setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX - System Setup Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘ILS CDI Capture’ field in the ‘GPS CDI’ Box (Figure 2-23).
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
Figure 2-23 System Setup Page,
ILS CDI Capture Setting
OBS MODE
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode (with the OBS Softkey) suspends the automatic sequencing
of waypoints in a GPS flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current
“active-to” waypoint as the navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. When OBS is disabled
(the OBS Softkey is selected again), GPS navigation returns to normal operation, with automatic sequencing
of waypoints. OBS Mode also allows a desired course to/from a waypoint to be set (with the CRS Knob);
pressing the CRS Knob re-centers the CDI and returns the course pointer to the waypoint bearing.
GPS Selected
Extended
Course Line
Pressing the OBS Softkey
Suspends Waypoint Sequencing
OBS Mode
Enabled
Pressing the OBS Softkey Again
Returns to Normal Operation
Figure 2-24 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-15
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is
suspended. ‘SUSP’ appears on the HSI (to the lower right of the aircraft symbol) in place of ‘OBS’ and the
OBS Softkey label changes to SUSP. Pressing the SUSP Softkey resumes automatic of approach waypoints.
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating with GPS:
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2) Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint.
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to normal operation.
SUSP
Annunciation
SUSP Softkey Suspends
Waypoint Sequencing
Figure 2-25 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing
2-16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.2 SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
NOTE: Pressing the DFLTS Softkey (a second-level PFD softkey) turns off metric Altimeter display and the
Inset Map. Pressing this softkey does not restore display units to the default settings.
Some displayed information disappears when pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚. The Altimeter and
Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display and the Bearing
Information and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations.
The following information is removed from the PFD (and corresponding softkeys are disabled) when the aircraft
experiences unusual attitudes:
• Traffic Annunciations
• PFD Setup Menu
• AFCS Annunciations
• Windows displayed in the lower right corner
• Inset Map
• Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude
• Outside Air Temperature
• Vertical Deviation/Glideslope Indicator
• Transponder Data Box
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
• System Time
• Reference Altitude
GENERIC TIMER
The Timer/References Window contains a generic timer, which can be set to count up or down from a
specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the countdown on the timer reaches zero, the digits begin to count up from
zero. If the timer is reset before reaching zero on a countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the
timer is counting up when reset, the digits are zeroed.
Figure 2-26 Timer/References Window
Setting the generic timer (PFD):
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the time field (hh/mm/ss).
3) Enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
4) With the UP/DN field highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-17
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) With ‘START?’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘STOP?’.
7) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘STOP?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘RESET?’.
8) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘RESET?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘START?’ and the
digits are reset.
9) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
SYSTEM TIME
The system time is displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Three display formats are available, local
12-hr, local 24-hr, and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Time and date are obtained from the GPS satellites
and cannot be changed, although a time offset may be entered (±HH:MM) for local times.
Figure 2-27 System Time
Configuring the system time:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Time Format’ field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired format and press the ENT Key to confirm selection. The ‘Time
Offset’ field is highlighted (for local time formats).
5) Enter the desired time offset (±HH:MM) and press the ENT Key to confirm selection.
Figure 2-28 System Setup Page,
Date/Time Settings
2-18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in degrees Celsius (°C) by default in the lower left of the PFD
under normal display conditions, or below the true airspeed in reversionary mode.
Reversionary Mode
Normal Display
Figure 2-29 Outside Air Temperature
Changing temperature display units:
1) Select the AUX - System Setup Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Temp’ field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired unit.
5) Press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
Figure 2-30 System Setup Page,
Display Units Settings
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-19
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.3 PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
NOTE: For a detailed description of annunciations and alerts, refer to Appendix A.
G1000 ALERTING SYSTEM
Messages appear in the Alerts Window (in the lower right corner of the PFD; Figure 2-31) when a warning,
caution, advisory alert, or G1000 message advisory occurs. System alert messages are provided to make the
pilot aware of G1000 system problems or status and may not require pilot action. The Alerts Window allows
system alerts to be displayed simultaneously. The FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the alert messages.
The Alerts Window is enabled/disabled by pressing the ALERTS Softkey. If the window is already open when a
new message is generated, pressing the ALERTS Softkey to acknowledge the message causes it to turn gray.
The Annunciation Window appears to the right of the Vertical Speed Indicator and displays abbreviated
annunciation text for aircraft alerts. Text color is based on alert level: warnings appear in red, cautions in
yellow, advisory alerts in white. New alerts, regardless of priority, are displayed at the top of the Annunciation
Window, separated by a white line from acknowledged alerts. Once acknowledged, they are sequenced based
on priority.
Annunciation
Window
Alerts
Window
Softkey
Annunciation
Figure 2-31 G1000 Alerting System
The ALERTS Softkey label changes to display the appropriate annunciation when an alert is issued. The
annunciation flashes and the appropriate aural alert sounds until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. The
softkey then reverts to the ALERTS label, and when pressed again opens the Alerts Window to display a
descriptive message of the alert.
Warnings are time-critical and require immediate pilot attention. A flashing WARNING Softkey annunciation
and aural tone (single chime every two seconds) are used to alert the pilot of any warnings. The aural tone
and flashing WARNING annunciator continue until acknowledged by the pilot (by pressing the WARNING
Softkey).
Caution indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require pilot intervention. A
flashing CAUTION Softkey annunciation and single aural tone (one chime) are used to alert the pilot of any
2-20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
cautions. The flashing CAUTION annunciator continues to flash until acknowledged by the pilot (by pressing
the CAUTION Softkey).
An advisory provides general information to the pilot that may not need immediate attention. A flashing
ADVISORY Softkey annunciation (no aural tone) is used to alert the pilot of any message advisories. The
flashing ADVISORY annunciator continues to flash until acknowledged by the pilot (by pressing the ADVISORY
Softkey).
Figure 2-32 Softkey Annunciation (ALERTS Softkey Labels)
TRAFFIC ANNUNCIATION
NOTE: If a second TA appears or if the number of TAs displayed decreases then increases, new aural and
visual alerts are generated.
The G1000 System displays traffic symbolically on the Inset Map (PFD), the Navigation Map Page (MFD), and
various other MFD page maps. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix F for more details about
the Traffic Information Service (TIS). When a traffic advisory (TA) is detected, the following automatically
occurs:
• The PFD Inset Map is enabled, displaying traffic
• A flashing black-on-yellow ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation (Figure 2-33) appears to the top left of the Attitude
Indicator for five seconds and remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area
• A single “TRAFFIC” aural alert is generated, unless an optional Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed
(refer to the applicable TAS documentation for alerts generated by TAS equipment).
TAWS ANNUNCIATIONS
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS) annunciations appear on the PFD to the upper left of
the Altimeter. Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section and Appendix A for information on TAWS alerts and
annunciations.
Figure 2-33 Traffic and Example TAWS Annunciations
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-21
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATIONS
Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Reference Altitude. Outer marker
reception is indicated in blue, middle in yellow, and inner in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section
for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
Outer Marker
Middle Marker
Inner Marker
Altimeter
Figure 2-34 Marker Beacon Annunciations
ALTITUDE ALERTING
The Altitude Alerting function provides the pilot with a visual alert when approaching the Reference Altitude.
Whenever the Reference Altitude is changed, the Altitude Alerter is reset. The following occur when approaching
the Reference Altitude:
• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Reference Altitude, the Reference Altitude (shown above the Altimeter)
changes to black text on a light blue background and flashes for 5 seconds.
• When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Reference Altitude, the Reference Altitude changes to light
blue text on a black background and flashes for 5 seconds.
• After reaching the Reference Altitude, if the pilot flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Reference
Altitude), the Reference Altitude changes to yellow text on a black background and flashes for 5 seconds.
Within 1000 ft
Within 200 ft
Deviation of ±200 ft
Figure 2-35 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
2-22
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
BAROMETRIC MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE
For altitude awareness, a barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA, or Decision Height, DH) can be set
in the Timer/References Window. When active, the MDA is displayed in a window labeled ‘BARO MIN’ to the
lower left of the Altimeter and on the altitude tape with a bug (once the altitude is within the range of the tape).
This altitude can be adjusted in the ‘Baro Min’ field in the Timer/References Window (Figure 2-36) from zero to
16,000 feet (in 10-ft increments with the small FMS Knob). The MDA is reset any time the power is cycled.
Setting the barometric Minimum Descent Altitude and bug:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Baro Min’ field (Figure 2-36).
3) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (in 10-ft increments from zero to 16,000 feet) and press
the ENT Key.
4) In the highlighted ON/OFF field, turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF.
5) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
Figure 2-36 Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude
Visual annunciations alert the pilot when approaching the MDA (Figure 2-37):
• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA setting, the ‘BARO MIN’ Window appears
with the altitude in light blue text. Once in range, the bug appears on the tape in light blue.
• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA, the bug and text turn white.
• Once the aircraft descends past the MDA, the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert, “Minimums
Minimums”, is generated.
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the MDA.
If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA, once it reaches 50 feet above the MDA, alerting
is disabled.
Within 2500 ft
Within 100 ft
Altitude Reached
Barometric
Minimum Bug
Barometric
Minimum Box
Figure 2-37 Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
2-23
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
BLANK PAGE
2-24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
NOTE: Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for limitations.
The G1000 Engine Indication System (EIS) for the Quest Kodiak 100 displays critical engine, electrical, fuel,
and other system parameters on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD) during normal operations. In
Reversionary Mode, the remaining display unit is re-configured to present Primary Flight Display (PFD) symbology
together with the EIS (refer to the System Overview for information about Reversionary Mode).
EIS
Figure 3-1 Multi Function Display
EIS information is presented in three displays, accessed using the ENGINE Softkey on the MFD:
• Engine Display – Default display; shows all critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators
• System Display – Shows numeric readouts of critical engine, fuel, and electrical indicators
• Fuel Display – Shows numeric readouts of fuel indicators and calculations
The Kodiak 100’s EIS instrument types include vertical slider gauges, horizontal bar indicators, digital readouts,
and slide bars. Green bands and readouts indicate normal ranges of operation; yellow and red bands and readouts
indicate caution and warning, respectively. When unsafe operating conditions occur, readouts, pointers, and
labels may change color and flash corresponding to the level of the condition. If sensor data to an instrument
becomes invalid or unavailable, a red “X” is shown across the instrument. White dashes are shown in place of
parameter values when values are out of an instrument’s display range.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
3-1
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.1 ENGINE DISPLAY
The Engine Display is shown by default. If another EIS display is currently shown, the Engine Display may be
selected by pressing the ENGINE or BACK Softkey. At the top of all three EIS displays, the Torque, Interstage
Turbine Temperature (ITT), Propeller Speed, and Generator Speed gauges are present. Trim and flap indications
are also shown on all EIS displays.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
13
9
10
12
11
Figure 3-2 Engine Display
3-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
Propeller Speed Gauge
(NP RPM)
Generator Speed Gauge
(NG %)
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW PPH)
Oil Pressure Indicator
(OIL PRES)
Oil Temperature Indicator
(OIL °C)
Ammeter
(AMPS)
Voltmeter
(VOLTS)
Fuel Quantity Indicator
(FUEL QTY)
Aileron and Rudder Trim
Bars (AIL, RUD)
Elevator Trim Bar
(ELEV)
Flap Position Indicator
(FLAPS)
Engine Start
Caution and warning ranges are propeller speed sensitive and change for
speeds greater than 2000 rpm.
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
Operating ranges differ for engine off and start conditions (see Figure 3-3).
When the starter is engaged, ‘STRT’ is annunciated above the temperature
readout. When the engine is off or in the process of being shut down,
‘OFF’ is annunciated.
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
Displays current fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
Displays engine oil temperature in °C
Displays DC current in amperes (amps) for the generator (G) and the
alternator (A)
Displays DC bus voltages
Displays quantities of fuel in pounds (lb) in the left (L) and right (R) tanks
Aileron and rudder trim are indicated with pointers along slide bars; the
white bars indicate takeoff trim positions
Elevator trim is indicated with a pointer along a slide bar; takeoff trim position
is indicated with a white bar and T/O label
Flap deflection is indicated with a pointer along a color-coded slide bar
Normal
Engine Off
Figure 3-3 Interstage Turbine Temperature Gauge Status Annunciations
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
3-3
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.2 SYSTEM DISPLAY
The System Display is accessed by pressing the SYSTEM Softkey. The instruments presented here, in addition
to the gauges and trim slide bars, are separated into three categories: Oil (pressure and temperature), Fuel (flow,
pressure, and quantity), and Electrical (currents and voltages).
Accessing the EIS System Display:
1) Press the ENGINE Softkey.
2) Press the SYSTEM Softkey.
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
14
10
11
13
12
Figure 3-4 System Display
3-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
1
2
3
4
6
7
5
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
Propeller Speed Gauge
(NP RPM)
Generator Speed Gauge
(NG %)
Oil Pressure
(PRES PSI)
Oil Temperature
(TEMP °C)
Fuel Flow
(FLOW PPH)
Fuel Pressure
(PRES PSI)
Fuel Quantities
(QTY L/R LB)
Ammeter
(GEN A, ALT A)
Voltmeter
(BUS 1 V, BUS 2 V)
Aileron and Rudder Trim
Bars (AIL, RUD)
Elevator Trim Bar
(ELEV)
Flap Position Indicator
(FLAPS)
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
Displays engine oil temperature in °C
Displays current fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
Displays current fuel pressure in psi
Displays quantities of fuel in pounds (lb) in the left (L) and right (R) tanks
Displays DC current in amperes (amps) for the generator (G) and the
alternator (A)
Displays DC bus voltages
Aileron and rudder trim are indicated with pointers along slide bars; the
white bars indicate takeoff trim positions
Elevator trim is indicated with a pointer along a slide bar; takeoff trim position
is indicated with a white bar and T/O label
Flap deflection is indicated with a pointer along a color-coded slide bar
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
3-5
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.3 FUEL DISPLAY
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time
the fuel was reset.
The Fuel Display is accessed by pressing the FUEL Softkey. Besides the gauges and trim slide bars, all indications
on this display are digital readouts, separated into three categories: Oil (pressure and temperature), Fuel (flow,
pressure, and quantities), and Fuel Calculations (fuel remaining and used, endurance, and range).
Accessing the EIS Fuel Display:
1) Press the ENGINE Softkey.
2) Press the FUEL Softkey.
3) To return to the default Engine Display, press the ENGINE or BACK Softkey.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
16
10
11
12
13
15
14
Figure 3-5 System Display
3-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Fuel calculations are based on the fuel flow totalizer and the displayed fuel remaining (LB REM), adjusted by
the pilot using the following softkeys:
• DEC FUEL – Decreases totalizer-based fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
• INC FUEL – Increases totalizer-based fuel remaining in 10-lb increments
• RST FUEL – Resets totalizer-based fuel remaining to the aircraft’s fuel capacity and the displayed fuel used (LB
USED) to zero
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
12
13
14
Torque Gauge
(TRQ FT-LB)
Interstage Turbine
Temperature Gauge
(ITT °C)
Propeller Speed Gauge
(NP RPM)
Generator Speed Gauge
(NG %)
Oil Pressure
(PRES PSI)
Oil Temperature
(TEMP °C)
Fuel Flow
(FFLOW PPH)
Fuel Pressure
(PRES PSI)
Fuel Quantities
(QTY L/R LB)
Set Fuel Remaining
(LB REM)
Calculated Fuel Used
(LB USED)
Calculated Endurance
(ENDUR)
Calculated Range
(RANGE NM)
Aileron and Rudder Trim
Bars (AIL, RUD)
Elevator Trim Bar
(ELEV)
Flap Position Indicator
(FLAPS)
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Displays engine torque in foot-pounds (ft-lb)
Displays Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) in degrees Celsius (°C)
Displays propeller speed in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Displays gas generator speed as a percentage
Displays engine oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
Displays engine oil temperature in °C
Displays current fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
Displays current fuel pressure in psi
Displays quantities of fuel in pounds (lb) in the left (L) and right (R) tanks
Displays current fuel remaining in lb as set by the pilot and adjusted for fuel
burn since last set
Displays quantity of fuel used in lb based on fuel flow since last reset
Displays flight time remaining in hours:minutes (HH:MM) based on the
calculated fuel remaining
Displays aircraft range in nautical miles (nm) based on the calculated fuel
remaining, the aircraft’s heading, and the wind direction and speed
Aileron and rudder trim are indicated with pointers along slide bars; the white
bars indicate takeoff trim positions
Elevator trim is indicated with a pointer along a slide bar; takeoff trim position
is indicated with a white bar and T/O label
Flap deflection is indicated with a pointer along a color-coded slide bar
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
3-7
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
A map feature related to the EIS Fuel Calculations is the Fuel Range Ring, which graphically illustrates the
aircraft’s remaining range based on the endurance (ENDUR), heading, groundspeed, and wind direction and
speed. The solid green circle represents the range until all the remaining fuel is depleted. The dashed green
circle indicates the aircraft range until only reserve fuel remains. Once on reserve fuel, the range is indicated
by a solid yellow circle.
The Fuel Range Ring shifts position in relation to the aircraft according to wind effects. For example, more
fuel is required for flying into a headwind, and the aircraft’s decreased range in that direction is indicated by the
Fuel Range Ring shifting toward the tail of the Aircraft Symbol.
The amount of reserve fuel (only for purposes of the Fuel Range Ring) is set on the Navigation Map Page
Setup Menu in terms of remaining flight time. When enabled the Fuel Range Ring appears on the Navigation
Map Page, the Weather Data Link Page, and PFD Inset Map.
Press the MENU Key to
Display Navigation Map
Page Setup Menu
Total Range
(Based on Endurance)
Time to Reserve Fuel
Range to Reserve Fuel
(Based on Endurance
Minus Reserve Fuel Time)
Set Flight Time Remaining
on Reserve Fuel
(Reserve Fuel Time)
Difference of Ranges Based
on Reserve Fuel Time
Figure 3-6 Fuel Range Ring and Setup
Enabling/disabling the Fuel Range Ring and selecting a reserve fuel time:
1) Display the Navigation Map Page (press and hold the CLR Key for 2 seconds to quickly select this map).
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Map Setup’ and press the ENT Key. The Map Setup Menu is displayed.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘FUEL RNG (RSV)’ field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the reserve fuel time, how long the aircraft can fly after reaching the
reserve fuel.
8) Enter the desired reserve fuel time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes) and press the ENT Key.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
3-8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.1 OVERVIEW
The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panels, communication radios,
navigation radios, and Mode S transponder. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram description
of the Audio Panels and CNS system interconnection.
CNS operation in Kodiak 100 aircraft is performed by the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• GMA 1347 Audio Panel (2)
• GDU 1040 Primary Flight Display (PFD) (2)
• GDU 1040 Multi Function Display (MFD)
• GTX 33 Mode S Transponder
• GIA 63 Integrated Avionics Units (2)
The PFD/MFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios.
The Audio Panels provide the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver audio selection.
The Audio Panels include an intercom system (ICS) between the pilot, copilot, and passengers, a marker beacon
receiver, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a feature called
Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces the amount of
background noise from the radios.
The Mode S transponder is controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD). The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box. The data box displays the active
four-digit code, mode, and reply status (Figure 4-1).
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-1
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
PFD/MFD CONTROLS AND FREQUENCY DISPLAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Figure 4-1 PFD/MFD Controls, COM/NAV Frequency Tuning Boxes, and NRST Window (PFD Shown)
4-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
1
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on
and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
2
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
3
NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between NAV1 and NAV2.
4
NAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID. The
frequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green.
5
COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume. The selected COM
transceiver frequency is displayed in green.
6
COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to move the tuning box (light blue box) and Frequency Transfer Arrow between COM1 and
COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key
for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on
and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage.
9
Nearest Airports Window – Display by pressing NRST Softkey.
10
ENT Key – Validates or confirms an Auto-tune selection.
11
FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to select DME modes, enter transponder codes, and
Auto-tune entries when DME Tuning Window or NRST Window is present. Press the FMS Knob to turn
the selection cursor on and off. The large knob moves the cursor in the window. The small knob selects
individual characters for the highlighted cursor location.
12
Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status
for the transponder.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-3
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls (GMA 1347)
NOTE: When a key is selected, a triangular annunciator above the key is illuminated.
4-4
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
5
COM3 MIC – Not used in Kodiak 100 aircraft.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
6
COM3 – Not used in Kodiak 100 aircraft.
7
COM 1/2 – Not used in Kodiak 100 aircraft.
8
TEL – Not used in Kodiak 100 aircraft.
9
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed.
10
SPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver
audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of recorded
COM audio.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.
13
DME – Not used in Kodiak 100 aircraft.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Not used in Kodiak 100 aircraft.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used in Kodiak 100 aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When active, press the PILOT Knob to illuminate
‘SQ’. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again while audio is playing and the
previous block of recorded audio will be played. Each subsequent press plays each previously recorded
block. Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play.
20
PILOT – Selects and deselects the pilot intercom isolation.
21
COPLT – Selects and deselects the copilot intercom isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of ‘VOL’
or ‘SQ’ . Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
Display Backup Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-5
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.2 COM OPERATION
COM TRANSCEIVER SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
NOTE: During PA Mode, the COM MIC Annunciator is extinguished and the COM active frequency color
changes to white, indicating that neither COM transmitter is active.
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active
COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.
The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the left side and the
two standby frequencies are on the right. The COM transceiver is selected for transmitting by pressing the
COM MIC Keys on the Audio Panel. During reception of audio from the COM radio selected for transmission,
audio from the other COM radio is muted.
An active COM frequency displayed in green indicates that the COM transceiver is selected on the Audio
Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key). Both active COM frequencies appearing in white indicate that no COM
radio is selected for transmitting (PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel).
Frequencies in the standby field are displayed in either white or gray. The standby frequency in the tuning
box is white. The other standby frequency is gray.
Active
Fields
Standby
Fields
Top Section of
the Audio Panel
Tuning Box
COM2 Radio is Selected
on the Audio Panel
Figure 4-3 Selecting a COM Radio for Transmit
The active COM frequency displayed in green on the MFD is the same as on PFD1.
4-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INDICATIONS
During COM transmission, a white ‘TX’ appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. On the Audio Panel, when the active COM is transmitting, the active transceiver COM MIC
Key Annunciator flashes approximately once per second.
During COM signal reception, a white ‘RX’ appears by the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency
Transfer Arrow.
Transmit and
Receive Indicators
Annunciator
Flashes During
Transmission
Figure 4-4 COM Radio Transmit and Receive Indications
COM TRANSCEIVER MANUAL TUNING
The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of each PFD and the MFD. The MFD
frequency controls and displays are linked to the pilot side PFD (PFD1) only.
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
Turn the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust
volume. Press the Knob to Turn
Automatic Squelch On or Off
Press the Frequency Transfer
Key to Transfer COM
Frequencies Between Active
and Standby Frequency Boxes
Turn the COM Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
Figure 4-5 COM Frequency Tuning
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-7
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
Press the small COM Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
Press the COM Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One COM Radio to the Other
Figure 4-6 Switching COM Tuning Boxes
QUICK-TUNING AND ACTIVATING 121.500 MHZ
Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for two seconds automatically loads the emergency
COM frequency (121.500 MHz) in the active field of the COM radio selected for tuning (the one with the
transfer arrow). In the example shown, pressing the Audio Panel COM2 MIC Key activates the transceiver.
Press for Two Seconds to
Load 121.500 MHz
Figure 4-7 Quickly Tuning 121.500 MHz
4-8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING THE COM FREQUENCY
COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following:
• Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
• NRST – Nearest (ARTCC, FSS, WX) Frequencies Page
• WPT – Airport Information Page
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page
• NRST – Nearest Airports Page
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE PFD
COM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the Nearest Airports Window on
the PFD. When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency
Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field.
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the NRST Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window. A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers
and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency.
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Tuning Box.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Figure 4-8 Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
Press the NRST
Softkey to Open
the Nearest
Airports Window
4-9
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE MFD
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT
page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-9, 4-10, and 4-11).
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency (Figure 4-11).
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Press the ENT Key to
Load a Highlighted
Frequency into
the COM Standby
Frequency Box
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Figure 4-9 Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
OR:
5) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU (Figure 4-10).
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu.
7) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
8) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
9) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
10) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages PAGE MENU
4-10
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
On the WPT - Airport Information page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the
FMS Knob and scrolling through the list. The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the
ENT Key.
Press Frequency
Transfer Key to Load
Frequency into COM
Active Tuning Box
Selected Airport
Identifier and
Information
Runway
Information
Press ENT Key to load
frequency into COM
Standby Field. Cursor
then advances to the
next frequency.
Figure 4-11 WPT – Airport Information Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
Press INFO Softkey for
AIRPORT, RUNWAYS,
and FREQUENCIES
Windows
4-11
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Frequencies,
and NRST – Nearest Airports Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU
Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
Figure 4-12 NRST – Nearest Airspaces, NRST – Nearest Airports, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages
4-12
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FREQUENCY SPACING
The G1000 COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing
(118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing
is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
COM channel spacing is set on the System Setup Page of the AUX Page Group.
8.33-kHz Channel
Spacing
25-kHz Channel
Spacing
Figure 4-13 COM Channel Spacing
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the AUX – System Setup Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
While the COM CONFIG Window is selected, the G1000 softkeys are blank.
Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing
AUX - SYSTEM
SETUP PAGE
Figure 4-14 AUX – System Setup Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-13
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTOMATIC SQUELCH
Automatic Squelch quiets unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good
sensitivity to weak COM signals. To disable Automatic Squelch, press the VOL/SQ Knob. When Automatic
Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise is heard over the headsets and
speaker, if selected. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob again enables Automatic Squelch.
Press the COM VOL/
SQ Knob to turn off
Automatic Squelch.
Press again to restore
Automatic Squelch.
Figure 4-15 Overriding Automatic Squelch
VOLUME
COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume. When adjusting volume,
the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains for two seconds after
the change.
COM Volume
Level Remains for
Two Seconds
Figure 4-16 COM Volume Level
4-14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.3 NAV OPERATION
NAV RADIO SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; two standby fields and two active fields. The active
frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left.
A NAV radio is selected for navigation by pressing the CDI Softkey located on the PFD. The active NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Pressing the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as the
navigation radio. Pressing the CDI Softkey twice selects NAV2 as the navigation radio. Pressing the CDI
Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Pressing the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1.
While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the NAV Tuning Box and the Frequency Transfer Arrow are
placed in the active NAV Frequency Field and the active NAV frequency color changes to green.
The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either ‘VOR1’ or ‘LOC1’
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.
• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either ‘VOR2’ or ‘LOC2’
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
• GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white.
Standby
Fields
Active
Fields
Tuning Box
The NAV Radio is
Selected by Pressing
the CDI Softkey
Figure 4-17 Selecting a NAV Radio for Navigation
The active NAV frequency displayed in green on the MFD is the same as on PFD1.
See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the Bearing Information windows and using VOR as the
source for the bearing pointer.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-15
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing the
NAV1 or NAV2 Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard over the headset
and the speakers (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.
Figure 4-18 Selecting a NAV Radio Receiver
NAV RECEIVER MANUAL TUNING
The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the PFD and MFD. The MFD
frequency controls and displays are linked to the pilot side PFD (PFD1) only.
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
Turn VOL/ID Knob to adjust
volume. Press Knob to Turn
Morse Code On or Off.
Press the Frequency Transfer Key to
Transfer NAV Frequencies Between
Active and Standby Frequency Fields
Turn the NAV Knob to
Tune the Frequency in
the Tuning Box
Figure 4-19 NAV Frequency Tuning
4-16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SELECTING THE RADIO TO BE TUNED
Press the small NAV Knob to transfer the frequency tuning box and Frequency Transfer Arrow between the
upper and lower radio frequency fields.
Press the NAV Knob to
Switch the Tuning Box From
One NAV Radio to the Other
Figure 4-20 Switching NAV Tuning Boxes
VOR/LOC ID
When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio, a white ‘ID’ appears to the left of the active
NAV frequency.
In the example shown, in order to listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the
Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID Knob turns off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV
Tuning Box. To turn off both NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 with the small
NAV Knob and press the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio.
The Morse Code Identifier
for the GHM VOR is On
Station
Identifier
Figure 4-21 NAV Radio ID Indication
VOLUME
NAV Radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/ID Knob. Turning the knob
clockwise increases volume, counterclockwise decreases volume.
When adjusting, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication remains
for two seconds after the change.
NAV Volume
Level Remains
for Two Seconds
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Figure 4-22 NAV Volume Levels
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-17
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING THE NAV FREQUENCY
NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages:
• NRST – Nearest VOR
• WPT – Airport Information
• WPT – VOR Information
• NRST – Nearest (WX, VOR) Frequencies
• NRST – Nearest Airports
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces
The MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages. During enroute
navigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field. During approach
activation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field.
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Boxes by highlighting the frequency and
pressing the ENT Key (Figures 4-23, 4-24, and 4-25).
Auto-tuning from the MFD:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier.
3) Press the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor on the NAV frequency (Figure 4-25).
4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Press the ENT
Key to Load
a Highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box
Figure 4-23 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
4-18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
OR:
6) Press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU (Figure 4-24).
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the OPTIONS Menu.
8) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
9) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
11) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest VOR Menu
Figure 4-24 Nearest Pages PAGE MENU
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-19
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the PAGE MENU. The FMS
Knob or ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ
Softkey and loaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key.
Press the ENT
Key to Load
the Frequency
into the NAV
Standby Field.
Press the VOR Softkey
to Place the Cursor on
the VOR Identifier
Press the FREQ Softkey
to Place the Cursor on
the VOR Frequency
Figure 4-25 Loading the NAV Frequency from the NRST – Nearest VOR Page
4-20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the NRST – Nearest Airports,
WPT – Airport Information, WPT – VOR Information, and NRST – Nearest Frequencies Pages on the MFD in
a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
Figure 4-26 NRST – Nearest Frequencies, WPT – VOR Information, WPT – Airport Information, and
NRST – Nearest Airports Pages
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-21
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING NAV FREQUENCIES ON APPROACH ACTIVATION
NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated in GPS Mode, the system switches to NAV Mode
as the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the GPS Navigation Section for
details.
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box on approach activation.
When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 or NAV2
active frequency fields. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 or NAV2 active frequency fields are
transferred to standby.
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
or NAV2 standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.
• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.
4-22
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
MARKER BEACON RECEIVER
NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned
off.
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of the ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft.
The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon
annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD.
Outer Marker
Indication
Middle Marker
Indication
Inner Marker
Indication
Figure 4-27 Marker Beacon Annunciations on the PFD
Figure 4-28 Marker Beacon Keys
The Audio Panel provides three different states of marker beacon operation; On, Muted, and Deselected.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates when
marker beacon audio is selected.
During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect the
marker annunciations (Figure 4-27). The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone. The
MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker
beacon signal is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while
marker beacon audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished.
Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS
function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during an
approach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a
station.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-23
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.4 GTX 33 MODE S TRANSPONDER
The GTX 33 Mode S Transponder provides Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities.
Selective addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the following features:
• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)
• Surveillance identifier capability
• Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either the
aircraft registration or a unique Flight ID.
• Altitude reporting
• Airborne status determination
• Transponder capability reporting
• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements
• Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address.
The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition
squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance System (TAS) to
recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.
TRANSPONDER CONTROLS
Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, and
Code Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: STBY, ON,
ALT, VFR, CODE, IDENT, BACK.
When the CODE Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, IDENT, BKSP,
BACK. The digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters
the transponder code. If an error is made, pressing the BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the
previous digit. Pressing the BKSP Softkey again moves the cursor to the next previous digit.
Pressing the BACK Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the BACK
Softkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys.
The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on either PFD. Code entry must be completed with either
the softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both.
Pressing the IDENT Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the
top-level softkeys.
After 45 seconds of transponder softkey inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys.
4-24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
STBY
ON
ALT
GND
VFR
XPDR
IDENT
CODE
IDENT
BACK
ALERTS
Pressing the IDENT or BACK Softkey
returns to the top-level softkeys.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
IDENT
BKSP
BACK
ALERTS
Pressing the IDENT Softkey returns to the top-level softkeys.
Pressing the BACK Softkey returns to the mode selection softkeys.
Figure 4-29 Transponder Softkeys (PFD)
TRANSPONDER MODE SELECTION
Mode selection can be automatic (Ground and Altitude Modes) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes).
The STBY, ON, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by pressing the XPDR Softkey.
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
GROUND MODE
Ground Mode is normally selected automatically when the aircraft is on the ground. The transponder
powers up in the last mode it was in when shut down. Ground Mode can be overridden by pressing any one
of the Mode Selection Softkeys. A green ‘GND’ indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of
the Transponder Data Box. In Ground Mode, the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies,
but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations.
When Standby Mode has been selected on the ground, the transponder can be returned to Ground Mode
by pressing the GND Softkey.
GND
Mode
Figure 4-30 Ground Mode
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-25
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
STANDBY MODE (MANUAL)
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inoperative.
Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the STBY Softkey. In Standby, the transponder
does not reply to interrogations, but new codes can be entered. When Standby is selected, a white ‘STBY’
indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. In all other modes,
these fields appear in green.
STBY Mode (White
Code Number and
Mode)
Figure 4-31 Standby Mode
MANUAL ON MODE
ON Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ON Softkey. ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S
replies, but Mode C altitude reporting is inhibited. In ON Mode, a green ‘ON’ indication and transponder
code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.
ON Mode
(No Altitude
Reporting)
Figure 4-32 ON Mode
ALTITUDE MODE (AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL)
Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the aircraft becomes airborne. Altitude Mode may also be
selected manually by pressing the ALT Softkey.
If Altitude Mode is selected, a green ‘ALT’ indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the
Transponder Data Box, and all transponder replies requesting altitude information are provided with pressure
altitude information.
ALT Mode
(Mode C Altitude
Reporting)
Figure 4-33 Altitude Mode
4-26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
REPLY STATUS
When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white ‘R’ indication appears momentarily in the
reply status field of the Transponder Data Box.
Reply to
Interrogation
Figure 4-34 Reply Indication
ENTERING A TRANSPONDER CODE
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the CODE Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry.
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequence
must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has been
entered, the transponder code becomes active.
Entering
a Code
Figure 4-35 Entering a Code
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-27
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the CODE Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
previous code. Waiting for 45 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically.
Press the
ENT Key to
Complete
Code Entry
Turn the Small
FMS Knob to
Enter Two Code
Digits at a Time
Turn the Large
FMS Knob
to Move the
Cursor to the
Next Code Field
Figure 4-36 Entering a Code with the FMS Knob
VFR CODE
The VFR code can be entered either manually or by pressing the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey.
When the VFR Softkey is pressed, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code field
of the Transponder Data Box. Pressing the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code.
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
VFR Code
Figure 4-37 VFR Code
4-28
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
IDENT FUNCTION
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT Softkey is inoperative.
Pressing the IDENT Softkey sends an ID indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The ID return distinguishes
one transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s radar screen. The IDENT Softkey appears on
all levels of transponder softkeys. When the IDENT Softkey is pressed, a green ‘IDNT’ indication is displayed
in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.
After the IDENT Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-level
softkeys.
IDNT
Indication
Press the
IDENT Softkey
to Initiate the
ID Function
Figure 4-38 IDENT Softkey and Indication
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-29
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT ID REPORTING
NOTE: If the Flight ID is required but the system is not configured for it, contact a Garmin-authorized service
center for configuration.
When the Flight ID must be entered before flight operation, the identifier is placed in the Timer/References
Window on the PFD. The Flight ID is not to exceed seven characters. No space is needed when entering
Flight ID. When a Flight ID contains a space, the system automatically removes it upon completion of Flight
ID entry.
Entering a Flight ID:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey to display the Timer/References Window.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the selection cursor, if not already activated.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll down to the Flight ID.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired Flight ID.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete Flight ID entry.
If an error is made during Flight ID entry, pressing the CLR Key returns to the original Flight ID entry. While
entering a Flight ID, turning the FMS Knob counterclockwise moves the cursor back one space for each detent
of rotation. If an incorrect Flight ID is discovered after the unit begins operation, reenter the correct Flight ID
using the same procedure.
Flight ID
PFD Entry
Figure 4-39 Timer/References Window, Entering Flight ID
4-30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.5 ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
POWER-UP
The Audio Panel performs a self-test during power-up. During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights
illuminate for approximately two seconds. Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored to
those in use before the unit was last turned off.
MONO/STEREO HEADSETS
Stereo headsets are recommended for use with the G1000.
Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears.
If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger on the same side of the
aircraft using a stereo headset hears audio in the left ear only.
SPEAKER
Each Audio Panel controls a separate cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the on-side
cabin speaker unless oxygen masks are in use. While using oxygen masks, the SPKR Key controls the crossside speaker.
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speakers. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed.
Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot, traffic, altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the
speaker is not selected.
The speaker volume is adjustable within a nominal range. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center for
volume adjustment.
Figure 4-40 Passenger Address and Speaker Keys
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-31
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
INTERCOM
The two Audio Panels include a ten-position intercom system (ICS) and two stereo music inputs for the pilot,
copilot and up to two passengers. The intercom provides Pilot and Copilot isolation from the passengers and
aircraft radios.
Pressing an ICS key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the same key on both Audio Panels. Either
the pilot or copilot may select or deselect the intercom.
Figure 4-41 Intercom Controls
PILOT KEY
Annunciator
COPLT KEY
Annunciator
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
Pilot Hears
Copilot Hears
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts,
Pilot, Copilot,
Passengers,
MUSIC 1
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts,
Selected Radios,
Copilot,
Aural Alerts, Pilot
Passengers,
MUSIC 1
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts,
Selected radios,
Pilot, Passengers, Copilot
MUSIC 1
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts,
Pilot, Copilot,
Passengers,
MUSIC 1
Pilot Side
Passenger Hears
Copilot Side
Passenger Hears
Selected Radios, Aural Selected Radios, Aural
Alerts, Pilot, Copilot, Alerts, Pilot, Copilot,
Passengers, MUSIC 2 Passengers, MUSIC 2
Copilot, Passengers,
MUSIC 2
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts, Copilot,
Passengers, MUSIC 2
Selected Radios,
Aural Alerts, Pilot,
Passengers, MUSIC 2
Passengers, Pilot,
MUSIC 2
Selected Radios, Selected Radios,
Passengers,
Aural Alerts, Pilot, Aural Alerts, Pilot,
MUSIC 2
Copilot
Copilot
Passengers,
MUSIC 2
Table 4-1 ICS Isolation Modes, Dual Audio Panels
4-32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
INTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH
NOTE: The pilot side Audio Panel adjusts the passenger volume and squelch on the pilot’s side of the
aircraft. The copilot side Audio Panel adjusts the passenger volume and squelch on the copilot’s side of the
aircraft.
The PILOT/PASS Knob on each Audio Panel controls volume or manual squelch adjustment for the pilot
and passengers on each side of the aircraft. The small knob controls the pilot volume and squelch. The large
knob controls the passenger volume and squelch. The VOL and SQ annunciations at the bottom of the unit
indicate which function the knob is controlling. Pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob switches between volume
and squelch control as indicated by the VOL or SQ annunciation being illuminated.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the squelch setting. When the MAN SQ
Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic-Squelch is on), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls only the volume
(pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection).
When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls both
volume and squelch.
Manual Squelch Annunciator;
Off for Automatic Squelch, On
for Manual Squelch
Automatic/Manual Squelch
Pilot Volume or Manual
Squelch. Press to switch
between VOL and SQ. Turn
to adjust Squelch when SQ
Annunciation is lit, Volume
when VOL Annunciation is lit.
Copilot/Passenger
Volume or
Manual Squelch
Volume Annunciation
Squelch Annunciation
Figure 4-42 Volume/Squelch Control
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-33
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
PASSENGER ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM
A passenger address system is available for delivering voice messages over the cabin speaker. When the PA
Key is selected on either Audio Panel, the COM MIC Annunciator on that side is extinguished, and the active
COM frequency on the associated PFD changes to white, indicating that there is no COM selected. A Push-toTalk (PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements. The PA Annunciator flashes about once per second
while the PTT is depressed.
One of the pilots is free to use either COM radio while the other pilot delivers PA messages.
PA Key is Selected on the
On-Side Audio Panel
Figure 4-43 PA Key Selected for Cabin Announcements
CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER
NOTE: Pressing the play key on the pilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the Pilot. Pressing the play
key on the Copilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the Copilot.
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that records up to 2.5 minutes of the selected COM
radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of recording time
have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from the oldest
block.
The PLAY Key controls the play function. Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory
block. The PLAY Annunciator flashes to indicate when play is in progress. The PLAY Annunciator turns off
after the present memory block has finished playing.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected
during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Pressing the PLAY Key while audio is playing begins playing the previously recorded memory block. Each
subsequent press of the PLAY Key selects the previously recorded memory block.
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
Figure 4-44 Play Key
4-34
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
ENTERTAINMENT INPUTS
NOTE: MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2 inputs cannot be completely turned off. Audio level for MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2
can be adjusted by a Garmin-authorized service center.
The Audio Panel provides two stereo auxiliary entertainment inputs: MUSIC 1 and MUSIC 2. These inputs
are compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as MP3 and CD players. Two 3.5-mm
stereo phone jacks are installed in convenient locations for audio connection. The headphone outputs of the
entertainment devices are plugged into the MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks.
The current ICS state of isolation affects the distribution of the entertainment input MUSIC 1 (see
Table 4-1).
MUSIC 1
MUSIC 1 can be heard by the pilot and copilot when both the PILOT and the COPLT Annunciators are
extinguished. MUSIC 1 can also be heard by the pilot when the COPLT Annunciator is illuminated and by
the copilot when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated.
MUSIC 1 MUTING
MUSIC 1 muting occurs when aircraft radio or marker beacon activity is heard. MUSIC 1 is always soft
muted when an interruption occurs from these sources. Soft muting is the gradual return of MUSIC 1 to
its original volume level. The time required for MUSIC 1 volume to return to normal is between one-half
and four seconds.
MUSIC 1 MUTING ENABLE/DISABLE
Pressing and holding the MKR/MUTE Key for three seconds switches MUSIC 1 muting on and off. When
switching, either one or two beeps are heard; one beep indicates that music muting is enabled, two beeps
indicate music muting is disabled.
MUSIC 1 muting is independent for each audio panel. Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key on one audio panel
does not enable/disable MUSIC 1 muting on the opposite side. MUSIC 1 muting is reset (enabled) during
power up.
MUSIC 2
MUSIC 2 can be heard only by the passengers and is never muted.
XM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT (OPTIONAL)
XM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and passengers simultaneously
(optional: requires subscription to XM Radio Service). Refer to the Additional Features Section for more
details on the Data Link Receiver.
Connecting a stereo input to either MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks removes the XM Radio Audio from that input.
For example, if passengers prefer their own music while the pilot listens to the XM Radio, the entertainment
audio should be connected to the MUSIC 2 jack.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-35
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SIMULTANEOUS COM OPERATION
Both the pilot and the copilot can transmit and receive messages simultaneously over separate COM radios.
The selected COM MIC Annunciator flashes when either pilot’s microphone PTT is pressed.
If both pilots select the same COM radio, the pilot has priority on COM1 and the copilot has priority on
COM2.
4-36
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.6 AUDIO PANELS PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob,
verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume
setting. On single-pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in the
audio system.
NOTE: Adjusting the PILOT volume control will affect ICS audio that will be heard in the headset for the
flight crew member that is performing the adjustment. Keep in mind that the intercom volumes on the
Audio Panels are independent of one another, but the radio volumes are not.
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually by the pilot and copilot. If
manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the knobs turned counterclockwise) background
noise will be heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.
After powering up the G1000 System, the following steps will aid in maximizing the use of the Audio Panels
as well as prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a
pilot boards the aircraft to insure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panel and radios.
Automatic/Manual
Squelch
Copilot ICS
Isolation Key
Pilot ICS
Isolation Key
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch,
Copilot Side
Passenger Volume
or Manual Squelch,
Pilot Side
Pilot Volume or
Manual Squelch
Copilot Volume or
Manual Squelch
Volume Annunciation
Squelch Annunciation
Reversionary Mode
for PFD1 and MFD
Reversionary Mode
for PFD2 and MFD
Pilot Side
Copilot Side
Figure 4-45 Audio Panel Controls
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-37
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Setting the Audio Panel during preflight:
1) Verify that the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished.
2) Verify that the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished.
3) Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs clockwise two full turns. This will set the headset audio level to max volume (least
amount of attenuation).
4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV, etc.) a suitable level.
5) Adjust the PILOT/PASS Knob volume to the desired intercom level.
Once this procedure has been completed, the pilot and copilot can change settings, keeping in mind the notes
above.
4-38
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.7 ABNORMAL OPERATION
Abnormal operation of the G1000 includes equipment failures of the G1000 components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.
STUCK MICROPHONE
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of
continuous operation. An alert appears on the PFD to advise the crew of a stuck microphone.
The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains
stuck.
Figure 4-46 Stuck Microphone Alert
COM TUNING FAILURE
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on the
frequency display.
Emergency Channel
Loaded Automatically
Figure 4-47 COM Tuning Failure
AUDIO PANEL FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
If there is a failure of both Audio Panels, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly
to the COM1 transceiver and the copilot’s headset directly to the COM2 transceiver. Audio is not available on
the speaker. If there is a failure of one Audio Panel, that side will only have access to their respective on-side
fail-safe COM.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
4-39
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
REVERSIONARY MODE
The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode for all displays. Reversionary Mode
operation displays flight and engine information on both the PFD and MFD, in case of display failure.
The pilot side DISPLAY BACKUP Button controls the pilot side PFD (PFD1) and the MFD. The copilot side
DISPLAY BACKUP Button controls the copilot side PFD (PFD2) and the MFD.
See the System Overview Section for more information.
Figure 4-48 Display Backup Button
4-40
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
SECTION 5 GPS NAVIGATION
This section of the Pilot’s Guide provides GPS navigation operating procedures for the G1000 installed in the
Kodiak 100 aircraft. This section assumes some prior knowledge of the other sections of the G1000 Pilot’s Guide,
especially the “how-to” of entering data and MFD Page Groups. All screenshots shown in this section are for
reference only and are subject to change. This section is organized as follows:
• MFD Navigation Map
• User Waypoint Information
• Nearest User Waypoints
• PFD Inset Map and Windows
• Nearest Airports
• Flight Planning
• Direct to Navigation
• Nearest Intersections
• Procedures
• Airport Information
• Nearest NDBs
• Intersection Information
• Nearest VORs
• NDB Information
• Nearest Frequencies
• VOR Information
• Nearest Airspaces
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-1
GPS NAVIGATION
5.1 NAVIGATION MAP (MFD)
WARNING: The Navigation Map is only intended to enhance situational awareness. Navigation is to be
conducted using only current charts, data, and authorized navigation facilities.
This section describes the MFD Navigation Map Page setup and operation which in most cases will be a “onetime” operation since the setup can be customized to accommodate the individual needs of the pilot.
NAVIGATION MAP PAGE SETUP AND OPERATION
Range Ring
Wind Direction
and Speed
Map Orientation
Interstate Highway
TERRAIN
Towered
Serviced
Airport
Nav Range
Ring
Topo Scale
Navigation
Course Line
Terrain Scale
Map Range
Legend
Figure 5-1 Navigation Map Page
(not all map display items shown)
Map
Declutter
Softkey
NOTE: MFD Navigation Map operations involving the display of traffic, terrain, and weather data are
described in the Hazard Awareness Section.
5-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
The Navigation Map Page (Figure 5-1) is the first page in the Map Page Group and provides the following
GPS Navigation display capability:
•Map display showing airports, NAVAIDS, airspaces, land data (highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.)
with names (labels)
• Map pointer information (distance and bearing to pointer, location of pointer, name and other pertinent
information)
• Map zoom range legend
• Wind direction and speed
• Heading indication
• Aircraft icon representing present position
• Icons for enabled map features
• Track vector
• Topography scale
• Fuel range ring
• Topography data
Selecting the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Map Page Group.
2) Select the Navigation Map Page. The page group name and page title (of all pages) are displayed below the
Navigation Data Bar: MAP – NAVIGATION MAP. In addition to turning the FMS Knobs, the Navigation Map
Page can be selected from any page by pressing and momentarily holding the CLR (DFLT MAP) Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-3
GPS NAVIGATION
NAVIGATION MAP SETUP
The map display can be customized using the map setup option in the Navigation Map Page Menu (Figure
5-2). To display the menu, press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).
Navigation Map
Page Menu
Map Setup
Option
Figure 5-2 Navigation Map Page Menu
There are four setup groups within the Map Setup option (Figure 5-3):
• Map
• Traffic (refer to the Hazard Awareness Section)
• Aviation
• Land
Figure 5-3 Map Setup Groups
NOTE: Refer to the appendices for a full description and interpretation of aviation map data.
5-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
MAP GROUP
Figure 5-4 Map Group
Orientation
There are four map orientation selections: North up, Track up, DTK up, and HDG up. The orientation
default setting is ‘North Up’.
• North up fixes the top of the map to a north heading.
• Track up adjusts the top of the map display to the current ground track.
• Desired Track Up (DTK up) fixes the top of the map display to the desired course.
• Heading Up (HDG up) fixes the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading.
Figure 5-5 Map Orientation Selections
Changing the map orientation:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘ORIENTATION’ field. Select the desired orientation and press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-5
GPS NAVIGATION
Auto Zoom
The automatic zoom feature automatically adjusts the map range from 2000 nm through each lower
range, stopping at 1.5 nm as the aircraft approaches the destination waypoint.
Enabling/disabling automatic zoom:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘AUTO ZOOM’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Land Data
The Navigation Map can display background land data (roads, lakes, borders, etc). The background
land data can also be removed from the display (turned off).
Enabling/disabling land data:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the ‘LAND DATA’ field.
5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off.’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
5-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Track Vector
Track Vector
Figure 5-6 Track Vector
The Navigation Map can display a track vector as a dashed cyan line segment with an arrowhead
attached to the end, extended to a predicted location in 60 seconds along the current aircraft track (Figure
5-6). The track vector is useful in minimizing track angle error.
Enabling/disabling the track vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TRACK VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-7
GPS NAVIGATION
Wind Vector
The wind vector is displayed in the upper right corner of the map and displays wind direction and
speed (in knots). Wind direction is indicated by an arrow.
Wind Speed
and Direction
Figure 5-7 Wind Vector
Enabling/disabling the wind vector:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘WIND VECTOR’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
5-8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Nav Range Ring
The Nav Range Ring (Figure 5-8) shows the direction of travel (ground track) on a rotating compass
card. The range of the Nav Ring is determined by the map range: 125 feet (500 feet map range) to 500
nm (2000 nm map range).
Range Value
Nav Range
Ring
Figure 5-8 Nav Range Ring
Enabling/disabling the Nav Range Ring:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘NAV RANGE RING’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-9
GPS NAVIGATION
Topo Data
Topographic data can be enabled or disabled on the Navigation Map using the ‘TOPO DATA’ setting.
The topo data range is the maximum map range on which topo data is displayed.
TOPO Data
Shown on
Map
Topo Scale
TOPO
Softkey
5-10
Figure 5-9 TOPO Data
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Enabling/disabling topo data and select a topo data range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
3) Highlight the ‘TOPO DATA’ field.
4) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
5) Highlight the range field. TOPO ranges are from Off to 2000 nm.
6) To change the TOPO range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
7) Select the desired range.
8) Press the ENT Key.
Topo Scale
The topo scale setting enables or disables the topography range box located in the lower right corner
of the Navigation Map.
Enabling/disabling the topo range box:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the ‘TOPO Range’ field.
5) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-11
GPS NAVIGATION
Terrain Data
Terrain data can be enabled or disabled on the Navigation Map Page using the ‘TERRAIN DATA’
setting. A data range can also be selected. The data range is the maximum map range that terrain data is
displayed.
TERRAIN
Data Shown
on Map
TERRAIN Scale
TERRAIN Softkey
Figure 5-10 TERRAIN Data
Enabling/disabling terrain data and to select a terrain data range:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key to display the Navigation Map Page MENU. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘TERRAIN DATA’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the range field. TERRAIN ranges
are from Off to 2000 nm.
8) To change the TERRAIN range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
9) Select the desired range
10) Press the ENT Key.
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
5-12
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Obstacle Data
Obstacles
Figure 5-11 Obstacle Data
Obstacle data can be enabled or disabled on the Navigation Map Page using the ‘OBSTACLE DATA’
setting. A data range can also be selected. The data range is the maximum map range that terrain data
is displayed.
Enabling/disabling obstacle data and to select a terrain data range:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key to display the Navigation Map Page MENU. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘OBSTACLE DATA’ field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the range field. OBSTACLE
ranges are from Off to 50 nm.
8) To change the OBSTACLE range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
9) Select the desired range.
10) Press the ENT Key.
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Fuel Range Ring (Fuel RNG) (RSV)
Refer to the EIS Section of the Pilot’s Guide for information regarding the Fuel Range Ring.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-13
GPS NAVIGATION
WEATHER GROUP
Refer to the Hazard Awareness Section for information pertaining to the setup and display of the Weather
group options.
TRAFFIC GROUP
Refer to the Hazard Awareness Section for information pertaining to the setup and display of the Traffic
group options.
AVIATION GROUP
Figure 5-12 Aviation Group
• Active Flight Plan (ACTIVE FPL)- The active flight plan zoom range sets the maximum range at which the
active flight plan magenta line is shown on the display (off - 2000 nm).
• Active Flight Plan Waypoint (ACTIVE FPL WPT)- The active flight plan waypoint label size sets the size
at which the active flight plan names appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large). The zoom
range sets the maximum range at which active flight plan waypoints appear on the display (off - 2000
nm).
• Large, Medium, and Small Airports (LARGE APT, MEDIUM APT, SMALL APT) - The airport label size sets
the size at which the large, medium, or small airport names size appear on the display. The zoom range
sets the maximum range at which the airports appear on the display:
• Large: off - 500 nm
• Medium: off - 300 nm
• Small: off - 100 nm
• Runway Extension (RWY EXTENSION) - The zoom range sets the maximum range at which runway
extensions appear on the display:
• Off - 100 nm
5-14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
• Intersection, Non-Directional Beacon, and VOR Waypoints (INT WAYPOINT, NDB WAYPOINT, VOR
WAYPOINT) - The INT, NDB, and VOR label size sets the maximum range at which the NAVAIDS names
appear on the display. The zoom range sets the maximum range at which the NAVAIDS appear on the
display:
• INT: off - 30 nm
• NDB: off - 30 nm
• VOR: off - 300 nm
• Airspace Boundaries (CLASS B/TMA, CLASS C/TCA, and CLASS D) - The airspace zoom range sets the
maximum range at which the three classes of airspace appear on the display. The zoom range sets the
maximum range at which the airspace boundaries appear on the display:
• CLASS B: off - 500 nm
• CLASS C: off - 500 nm
• CLASS D: off - 300 nm
• “Other” Airspace Boundaries (RESTRICTED, MOA (Military), OTHER AIRSPACE, and TFR (temporary
flight restrictions). The other airspace boundary zoom range sets the maximum range at which restricted,
MOA, and other (training, caution, danger, warning, and alert areas) airspace boundaries are displayed
• RESTRICTED: off - 500 nm
• MOA (MILITARY): off - 500 nm
• OTHER/ADZ: off - 500 nm
• TFR: (only present when GDL 69 is installed): off - 2000 nm
Selecting an aviation group item text size:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Aviation’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘ACTIVE FPL’ field.
5) Select the desired aviation option.
6) Select the desired text size.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected text size.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Selecting an aviation group item range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Aviation’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘ACTIVE FPL’ field.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-15
GPS NAVIGATION
5) Select the desired aviation option.
6) Select the desired range (RNG).
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
LAND GROUP
Figure 5-13 Land Group
• Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON) - The LAT/LON label size sets the size at which latitude/longitude labels
appear on the display (none, small, medium, and large). The zoom range sets the maximum range at
which LAT/LON waypoints appear on the display (off - 2000 nm).
• Highways, Roads, and Railroads (FREEWAY, LOCAL HWY, LOCAL ROAD, RAILROAD) - The highway
and road zoom range sets the maximum range at which highways, roads, and railroads appear on the
display:
• FREEWAY: off - 800 nm
• NATIONAL HWY: off - 80 nm
• LOCAL HWY: off - 30 nm
• LOCAL ROAD: off - 15 nm
• RAILROAD: off - 30 nm
• Cities and Towns (LARGE CITY, MEDIUM CITY, SMALL CITY) - The cities and town label size sets the
maximum range at which city and town names appear on the display. The zoom range sets the maximum
range at which cities and towns appear on the display:
• LARGE CITY (approximate populations greater than 200,000): off - 1500 nm
• MEDIUM CITY (approximate populations greater than 50,000): off - 200 nm
• SMALL CITY (approximate populations greater than 5,000): off - 50 nm
5-16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
• States and Provinces, Rivers and Lakes, and User Waypoints (STATE/PROV, RIVER/LAKE, USER
WAYPOINT) - the label range sets the maximum range at which the three categories appear on the
display. The zoom range sets the maximum range at which the three categories appear on the display:
• STATE/PROV: off - 1500 nm
• RIVER/LAKE off - 500 nm
• USER WAYPOINT: off - 300 nm
Selecting a land group item text size:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Land’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘LAT/LON’ field.
5) Select the desired land option.
6) Select the desired text size.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Selecting a land group item range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Setup’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Setup MENU is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Land’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘LAT/LON’ field.
5) Select the desired land option.
6) Select the desired range.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-17
GPS NAVIGATION
NAVIGATION MAP OPERATIONS
SELECTING A MAP RANGE
Map Range
Indicator
Figure 5-14 Map Range Indicator
The Navigation Map can be set to 28 different range settings from 500 feet to 2000 nautical miles. The
current range is indicated in the lower right corner of the Navigation Map Page and represents the top-tobottom distance covered by the map. To change the map range turn the joystick counter-clockwise to zoom
in, or clockwise to zoom out.
DECLUTTERING THE MAP
The Navigation Map can be quickly “decluttered” by repeatedly pressing the DCLTR Softkey until the
desired detail is displayed. The declutter level label is displayed in the DCLTR Softkey. Note that during an
instrument approach, automatic decluttering takes place. Table 5-1 lists the features that are turned off at
each declutter level. Note that some of the map features are automatically removed at certain zoom ranges
due to the map setup configuration for each map item. “SUA” listed in the following table stands for Special
Use Airspace. These are controlled airspaces, military zones, etc.
5-18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Map Features Always
Displayed
Flight Plan Route Lines
Flight Plan Route
Waypoints
Rivers/Lakes
Topography Data
Terrain Proximity Data
Map Borders
Bearing Line
Lightning Strike Data
(when Stormscope
installed)
Nexrad Data
Traffic Symbols
Traffic Labels
No Declutter
Declutter (-1)
Declutter (-2)
Declutter (-3)
All Map features
visible
River/Lakes Names Only
User Waypoints
Large Airports
Land/Country Text
Latitude/Longitude Grid
Medium Airports
Large City
Medium City
Small City
Not Affected
Freeways
National Highways
VORs
NDBs
Intersections
SUA Group 0
SUA Group 1
SUA Group 2
Small Airports
SUA Group 3
SUA Group 4
Runway Labels
Local Highways
Local Roads
Local Road Labels
Railroads
Major Political
Boundaries
SUA Group 5
SUA Group 6
SUA Group 7
Obstacles
Table 5-1 Map Declutter Levels
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-19
GPS NAVIGATION
MAP PANNING
Panned Location
Information
Panning Location
Figure 5-15 Map Panning
Map panning (Figure 5-15) moves the map beyond its current limits without adjusting the map range.
When the panning function is selected by pushing in the joystick, a map arrow flashes on the map display.
A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the arrow,
the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position and the elevation of the land at
the position of the arrow.
When the map arrow crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information
is shown at the top of the display. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in
feet expressed in Mean Seal Level (MSL), and the floor in feet MSL.
Panning the map:
1) Push in the Joystick to display the map arrow.
2) Move the Joystick in the general direction of the desired destination to place the arrow at the destination
location. When the arrow is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). This feature applies to everything displayed on the map except route lines.
When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, features or objects are displayed in the box located
at the top of the display. From here, the pilot can designate the waypoint as the direct-to destination. When the
arrow crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is displayed at the
top of the display.
3) Push in the Joystick to remove the arrow and return to the present position.
5-20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
DISPLAYING TOPOGRAPHIC DATA ON THE MAP
On-screen map maximum
elevation
On-screen map minimum
elevation
Aircraft Altitude
Maximum
Minimum
Ground Elevation
Figure 5-16 Topography Range Display
The Navigation Map displays various shades of topography land colors representing the rise and fall
of land elevation similar to aviation sectional charts (Figure 5-16). The Navigation Map can display a
topographic range representing various Key points of terrain elevation colors with their associated elevation
value labeled.
Displaying topographic data on the Navigation Map:
1) Press the MAP Softkey.
2) Press the TOPO Softkey. Topo data can also be displayed on the Navigation Map by using the ‘On/Off’ topo
data map setup feature. See the navigation map page setup MENU section for more information.
3) Press the TOPO Softkey again to remove topo data from the Navigation Map. When topo data is removed from
the page, the Jeppesen Nav data is presented on a black background.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-21
GPS NAVIGATION
GPS NAVIGATION STATUS BOX
Table 5-17 GPS Navigation Status Box
The GPS Navigation Status Box (Figure 5-17) is displayed in the top center of the MFD and PFD. It
displays four, user-configurable fields which can display the information listed below. Instructions on
changing a data field are given in the System Overview section.
• Bearing to next waypoint (BRG)
• Distance to next waypoint (DIS)
• Desired track to next waypoint (DTK)
• Enroute safe altitude (ESA)
• Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
• Estimated Time Enroute (ETE)
• Ground Speed (GS)
• Maximum Safe Altitude (MSA)
• Track angle error (TKE)
• Track angle (TRK)
• Vertical speed required (VSR)
• Cross track error (XTK)
• Currently selected MFD page title
5-22
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE
Navigation Map
Page Menu
Measure
Bearing/Distance
Option
Figure 5-18 Measure Bearing/Distance Option
The second map setup option is ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ (Figure 5-18), which provides a quick and
easy method for determining the bearing and distance between any two points on the Navigation Map.
Measuring bearing and distance between two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).
2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A reference arrow is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position and the window
shown in Figure 5-19 is displayed.
4) Move the joystick to place the reference arrow at the desired location. As the arrow is being moved, a dashed
line is drawn from the reference (starting) point to its present position. The bearing and distance from the
starting point is displayed along with the new coordinates. Elevation at the current position is also displayed
(Figure 5-19). Pressing the ENT Key changes the starting point for measuring.
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, push in the joystick or select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the page
menu and press the ENT Key.
Obstacle Symbol
Distance and
Bearing to the
Selected Position
Controlled Airspace
Information
Elevation
Lat/Lon at
Selected Position
Figure 5-19 Measure Bearing/Distance Box
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-23
GPS NAVIGATION
5.2 PFD INSET MAP AND WINDOWS
GPS navigation operations on the Primary Flight Display centers around the use of the Inset Map and Display
Windows (Figures 5-20 and 5-21).
INSET MAP
Wind Direction
and Speed
Map Orientation
Nav Range
Ring
Active
Navigation
Route
Map Scale
Figure 5-20 PFD Inset Map
(not all features shown)
The Inset Map is a smaller version of the MFD Navigation Map and is optionally displayed in the lower left
corner of the PFD when the system is not in reversionary mode. The Inset Map is displayed by pressing the INSET
Softkey. Inset Map features are enabled on the MFD (refer to the Navigation Map Setup section for details).
NOTE: The Inset Map is removed from the PFD any time aircraft pitch is greater than +30° or less than –20°,
or when a 65° bank angle is reached.
NOTE: Inset Map operations involving the display of traffic, terrain, and weather data are discussed in the
Hazard Awareness section.
The Map Inset Pop-up window can display the following information:
• Moving map
• Zoom scale legend
• Orientation
• Aircraft icon
• TOPO data
• Traffic data
• Weather data
5-24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
• Terrain data
• Indication of which map features are enabled
• Active navigation flight plan
• Track vector
• Wind direction/speed
• Latitude/longitude lines
• NAV range ring
• Fuel range ring (reserve; the fuel reserve rings are enabled and disabled from the MFD only)
• Obstacles data
• Potential terrain/obstacle impact data (TAWS/TERRAIN units)
PFD WINDOWS
PFD windows are displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. PFD windows can display different types
of information, the discussion in this section of the pilot’s guide is limited to the following windows that pertain
to GPS navigation:
• Nearest
• Direct-to
• Flight Plan
• Procedures
• Timer/References
PFD
Window
Location
Figure 5-21 PFD Window Location
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-25
GPS NAVIGATION
OPERATIONS
The following Inset Map operations can be performed (operations are performed independently of the
MFD):
• Changing the zoom range
• Changing the declutter level
• Map panning
To change the Inset Map zoom range, turn the joystick clockwise to increase or counterclockwise to decrease
the range. Zoom ranges from 500 feet to 2,000 nautical miles. To change the declutter level, press the INSET
Softkey. Press the DCLTR Softkey to remove background map details until the desired amount of detail is
displayed. The declutter level appears in the Softkey (i.e., DCLTR-1).
Panning the map:
1) Push in the Joystick to display the map pointer. The map can now move beyond its current limits without
adjusting the range.
2) Move the Joystick to pan the map in the general direction of the desired location. When the pointer is placed
on an object, the name of the object is highlighted for approximately 4 seconds (even if the name was not
originally displayed on the map). This feature applies to everything displayed on the map except for route
lines.
3) Push in the Joystick to cancel the panning function and return to the present position on the map.
5-26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.3 DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION (MFD)
The “direct-to” navigation feature provides a quick method of setting a GPS course to a destination waypoint.
Once a direct-to is activated, the G1000 establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to
the selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is cancelled or replaced by a
new destination.
Direct-To Waypoint
Identifier, Facility,
Symbol, City
Flight Plan
Waypoints
Nearest Waypoints
Inset Map Showing
Direct-To Waypoint
Location
Bearing to Waypoint
from Present Position
Direct to Waypoint
Location
Direct to Waypoint
Location
Bearing to Waypoint
from Present Position
Course to Waypoint
from Present Position
Activate Annunciation
Figure 5-22 MFD Direct to Window
NOTE: The Direct-to Window Inset Map (Figure 5-22) range is adjustable. To change the map range, turn the
joystick to the left to select a lower range, turn it to the right to select a higher range.
Entering a Direct-to destination:
1) Press the Direct-to Key.
2) Enter the destination waypoint (identifier, facility, or city).
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to highlight ‘Activate?’ or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘COURSE’ field.
5) Enter the desired course to the waypoint.
6) Press the ENT Key to highlight ‘ACTIVATE?’.
7) Press the ENT Key again to activate the Direct-to.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-27
GPS NAVIGATION
Selecting a Direct-to destination to a flight plan waypoint:
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to the left to display a list of flight plan waypoints as shown in Figure 5-23.
Figure 5-23 Flight Plan Waypoint List
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press ENT again to activate a Direct-to.
Selecting a Direct-to destination to a nearest airport:
1) Press the Direct-to Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to the left. Initially, a flight plan waypoint list is displayed as in Figure 5-24. The list
is populated only when navigating a flight plan.
5-28
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Figure 5-24 Nearest Airport List
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to the right to display the ‘NRST’ airports to the aircraft’s current position as shown in
Figure 5-24.
4) Select the desired airport.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
6) Press ENT again to activate a Direct-to.
Re-centering the CDI to the destination waypoint:
Press the Direct-to Key, followed by pressing the ENT Key twice. If a missed approach point (MAP) is the
current destination, the approach will be canceled.
Manually defining the active Direct-to:
1) Press the Direct-to Key.
2) Place the cursor in the ‘COURSE’ field.
3) Enter the desired course.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor now highlights ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to begin navigation using the selected destination, altitude constraint, and course.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-29
GPS NAVIGATION
Canceling Direct-to navigation:
1) Press the Direct-to Key.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Direct-to options menu (Figure 5-25).
3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the G1000 resumes
navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
Figure 5-25 Canceling Direct-to Option
5-30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
DIRECT-TO NAVIGATION SHORTCUTS FROM THE MFD
A direct-to can be performed from any page displaying a single waypoint identifier (such as the Waypoint
pages for airports and NAVAIDS) by simply pressing the Direct-to Key and the ENT Key. For pages that
display a list of waypoints (e.g., the Nearest Airport Page), the desired waypoint must be highlighted with the
cursor before pressing the Direct-to Key.
Direct-to destinations may also be selected from the Navigation Map Page by panning to the desired
destination location, pressing the Direct-to Key, and then the ENT Key twice. If no airport, NAVAID or user
waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is automatically created at
the location of the map pointer.
Bearing and
Distance to
Direct-to Waypoint
Direct-to Waypoint
Information
Panning Arrow
Figure 5-26 Direct-to Navigation Using Map Panning
Selecting a direct-to destination from the Navigation Map Page (Figure 5-26):
1) From the Navigation Map Page, press the Joystick to display the map pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to place the map pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the map pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to navigate to the waypoint.
5) If the map pointer is placed on an open location, press the Direct-to Key.
6) Press the ENT Key twice to create a ‘MAPWPT’ waypoint and then navigate to it.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-31
GPS NAVIGATION
5.4 DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION (PFD)
NOTE: Section 5.2 describes the PFD Inset Map and PFD Windows. It is recommended that the user read this
section before beginning GPS navigation operations on the PFD.
Waypoint Symbol
Identifier
City, State
Facility Name
Nearest
Waypoint List
Flight Plan
Waypoint List
Lat/Lon of Direct-to
Waypoint
Bearing From Waypoint
Distance to
Direct-to
Waypoint
Activate
Annunciation
Course to Selected Waypoint
Figure 5-27 PFD Direct-to Window
Enter a Direct-to Destination
1) Press the Direct-to Key.
2) Place the cursor in the desired selection field.
3) Begin selecting the desired identifier, location, etc.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now flashing on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press the ENT Key to activate.
6) Press the ENT Key to highlight ‘Activate?’ or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘COURSE’ field.
7) Enter the desired course to the waypoint.
8) Press the ENT Key to highlight ‘ACTIVATE?’.
9) Press the ENT again to activate the Direct-to.
5-32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Selecting a Direct-to destination to a flight plan waypoint:
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to the left to display a list of flight plan waypoints as shown in Figure 5-28.
Figure 5-28 Flight Plan Waypoint List
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press ENT again to activate a Direct-to.
Selecting a Direct-to destination to a nearest airport:
1) Press the Direct-to Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to the left. Initially, a flight plan waypoint list is displayed as in Figure 5-29. The list
is only populated when navigating a flight plan.
Figure 5-29 Nearest Airport List
3) Select the desired airport.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘ACTIVATE?’.
5) Press ENT again to activate a Direct-to.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-33
GPS NAVIGATION
Cancelling Direct-to navigation:
1) Press the Direct-to Key.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Options Window. The cursor will be flashing on ‘Cancel Direct-to NAV’.
3) Press the ENT Key to cancel the Direct-to.
5-34
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.5 AIRPORT INFORMATION
Identifier
Airport Symbol
Airport Type
Facility Name
Airport Location
Elevation at
Airport
Region
Fuel Type
Available
Position
Runway
Information
Communication
and Navigation
Frequencies
Airport Displayed
on Map
Airport
Information Page
Softkeys
Figure 5-30 Airport Information Page
Selecting the Airport Information Page (Figure 5-30):
1) Select the ‘WPT’ page group.
2) Select the first rectangular page icon.
Selecting an airport by identifier, facility name, or city location:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select the identifier, facility name or city location field.
3) Enter the desired identifier, facility name, or city location.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-35
GPS NAVIGATION
DUPLICATE WAYPOINTS
As an identifier, facility name or location is entered, the G1000’s Spell’N’Find™ feature scrolls through
the database, displaying those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. If
duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing
to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an entered identifier, a
duplicate waypoint appears once you select the identifier (Figure 5-31).
Figure 5-31 Duplicate Waypoints
Loading a frequency in the standby COM or NAV window:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Move the cursor to the Frequencies Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list, placing the cursor on the desired frequency. If a listed frequency
has additional information for the pilot to view, the frequency is preceded by an info (‘i’) designation. Press the
ENT Key to view the information. The following may be displayed with the frequency:
• ‘TX’ – transmit only
• ‘RX’ – receive only
• ‘PT’ – part time frequency
• ‘i’ – additional information exists, press the ENT Key
4) Press the ENT Key to place the selected frequency in the standby field of the COM or NAV window.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
5-36
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
The Airport Frequencies field uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in Table 5-2:
Communication
Frequencies Which
May Include Additional
Information
Approach
Arrival
Class B
Class C
CAT
Departure
TMA
Terminal
TRSA
Communication Frequencies
Without Additional
Information
Navigation
Frequencies
ATIS
ASOS
AWOS
Center
Clearance
Gate
Control
Ground
Helicopter
Multicom
Pre-Taxi
Radar
Ramp
Other
Tower
Unicom
ILS
LOC
Table 5-2 Frequency Descriptions and Abbreviations
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-37
GPS NAVIGATION
Figure 5-32 Viewing a Restriction
Loading a pilot control lighting frequency into selected COM standby frequency:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Move the cursor to the ‘PCL FREQ’ field in the Runways Window.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the PCL frequency in the standby field of the COM window.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
ADDITIONAL AIRPORT RUNWAY INFORMATION
Runway Designation
Runway Size
Runway Surface
Runway Lighting
Figure 5-33 Runway Information Box
The airport runway information field (Figure 5-33) displays runway designations, length, surface type and
lighting for the selected airport. A map image of the runway layout and surrounding area is also displayed on
the Airport Information Window. The map image range is displayed in the lower left corner and is adjustable
using the joystick. For airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available.
5-38
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Displaying information for each additional runway:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Place the cursor on the runway designation field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the next runways for the selected airport.
4) Select the desired runway.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
6) Turn the Joystick counterclockwise to select a lower range and rotate it clockwise to select a higher range.
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the airport runway information box:
• Type – Usage type: Public, Military, or Private
• Surface – Runway surface types include: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water
• Lighting – Runway lighting types include: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or Frequency (for
pilot-controlled lighting)
Selecting a runway:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Place the cursor on the ‘RUNWAYS’ identifier field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the next runway for the selected airport. Continue turning the small FMS
Knob to select the desired runway.
4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
Viewing a recent airport list:
1) Select any Airport Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Recent Airport’.
4) Press the ENT Key. A list containing the most recent 16 airports is displayed.
5) Select an airport.
6) Press the ENT Key. The Airport Information page for the selected airport is displayed.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-39
GPS NAVIGATION
Viewing information:
1) Select the Departure, Arrival, or Approach Information Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Info’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Airport Information Window is displayed.
Creating user waypoints via the Airport Information Page Map:
1) With the Airport Information Page displayed, push the Joystick to activate the panning function. The target
pointer is displayed at the center of the map.
2) After placing the pointer at the desired position, press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is now
displayed with the captured position.
3) Enter a waypoint name.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint field is highlighted.
5) If desired, enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and the radial and distance to the reference waypoint.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
5-40
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.6 INTERSECTION INFORMATION
NOTE: The VOR displayed on the Intersection Information Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily the VOR
used to define the intersection.
Selecting the Intersection Information Page (Figure 5-34):
1) Select the WPT page group.
2) Select the second rectangular page icon. To change the map range, turn the joystick to the left to select a lower
range, turn it to the right to select a higher range. Intersections can only be selected by identifier.
Intersection Identifier
Intersection Symbol
Facility Name
Intersection Region
and Position
Nearest VOR
Identifier,
Symbol, Radial
and Distance
Intersection
Displayed on Map
Figure 5-34 Intersection Information Page
Selecting an intersection:
1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a name for the identifier.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-41
GPS NAVIGATION
Viewing a recent intersections list:
1) With the Intersection Information Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select an Intersection from the list (16 maximum are listed).
3) Press the ENT Key to view the selected Intersection.
List of Recent
Intersections
Figure 5-35 Recent Intersection List
5-42
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.7 NDB INFORMATION
Selecting the NDB Information Page (Figure 5-36):
1) Select the WPT page group.
2) Select the third rectangular page icon.
NDB Identifier
NDB Symbol
NDB Name
Nearest City
NDB Region and
Position
NDB Frequency
NDB Symbol
Displayed on Map
Nearest Airport
Identifier,
Symbol, Radial
and Distance
Figure 5-36 NDB Information Page
Selecting a specific NDB:
1) With the NDB Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired selection field (identifier, name or closest city).
3) Enter an identifier, name or city.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-43
GPS NAVIGATION
If duplicate identifiers occur, a duplicate waypoints menu is displayed, from which the desired waypoint
can be selected. When scrolling through the closest cites list to select an NDB, a city may appear more than
once, depending on the number of NDBs near it.
The following option is available by pressing the MENU Key (with the NDB Information Page displayed):
• ‘View Recent NDB List’ which displays the most recent NDB list.
Viewing the most recent NDB list:
1) Select the NDB Information Page and press the MENU Key. ‘View Recent NDB List’ is highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key.
3) Select an NDB from the list (16 maximum are listed).
4) Press the ENT Key. The selected NDB is now the active NDB.
List of Recent
NDBs
Figure 5-37 Recent NDB List
5-44
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.8 VOR INFORMATION
Selecting the VOR Information Page (Figure 5-38):
1) Select the WPT page group.
2) Select the fourth rectangular page icon.
Identifier
VOR Symbol
VOR Name
Nearest City
Magnetic Variation at
VOR location
General Location
Latitude/Longitude
Frequency
Nearest Airport;
identifier, symbol,
bearing,distance
VOR Symbol
Displayed on Map
Figure 5-38 VOR Information Page
Selecting a VOR:
1) With the VOR Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired selection field (identifier, name or closest city).
3) Enter an identifier, name or city.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-45
GPS NAVIGATION
The following options are available by pressing the MENU Key (with the VOR Information Page
displayed):
• ‘View Recent VOR List’ which displays the most recent VOR list.
Viewing the most recent VOR list:
1) Select the VOR Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. ‘View Recent VOR List is highlighted’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Select a VOR from the list (16 maximum are listed).
5) Press the ENT Key. The selected VOR is now the active user VOR.
List of Recent
VORs
Figure 5-39 Recent VOR List
5-46
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.9 USER WAYPOINT INFORMATION
Selecting the User WPT Information Page (Figure 5-40):
1) Select the WPT page group.
2) Select the fifth rectangular page icon.
User Waypoint
Name and Symbol
Comment
Information
Reference Waypoints
Map of Surrounding
Area/User Waypoint
Location and Symbol
User Waypoint List
Number of
Waypoint Slots
Used/Avaialble
Rename Softkey
Figure 5-40 User WPT Information Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-47
GPS NAVIGATION
CREATING USER WAYPOINTS
User waypoints may be created from the User Waypoint Information Page or the Navigation Map Page.
To create a new user waypoint from the User Waypoint Information Page, enter the name (identifier) and
position, or reference another waypoint by radial and distance.
Creating a new user waypoint:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a name for the new waypoint.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new user waypoint’ is displayed.
4) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the latitude/longitude field or the Reference Waypoints field, depending on how the waypoint is to be
defined.
6) Enter the position coordinates or the radial and distance from the reference waypoint.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Modifying a user waypoint:
1) With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Move the cursor to the desired field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to make changes.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
5-48
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Deleting a user waypoint:
1) Select the User Waypoint Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the User Waypoint Information Page options or press the DELETE Softkey.
3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Would you like to delete the user waypoint’ is displayed.
5) With ‘YES’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) Select the User Waypoint Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints’
4) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation windows is displayed.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept ‘YES’ or highlight ‘NO’.
6) Press the ENT Key.
‘View Recent User WPT List’ displays the most recent user waypoint list.
Viewing the most recent user waypoint list:
1) Select the User Waypoint Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the User Waypoint Information Page MENU.
3) Select ‘View Recent User WPT List’.
4) Press the ENT Key. Select a waypoint from the list (16 maximum are listed).
5) Press the ENT Key. The selected waypoint is now the active user waypoint.
‘Present Position’ when selected will move the currently selected user waypoint to the present position of
the aircraft. The user waypoint is set to the airplane’s position at the time when the option was selected.
Moving the currently selected user waypoint to the present position of the aircraft:
1) Select the User Waypoint Information Page and press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Use Present Position’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the position and press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-49
GPS NAVIGATION
‘Auto Comment’, when selected, will overwrite the currently selected user waypoint comment with an
automatically generated comment. Auto comments are in the same format as comments that are generated
for user waypoints that have not specified unique user waypoint comments. The auto comment can be one
of three styles:
• REF1BRG1 / DIS1 - if the user waypoint position is defined by a reference 1 waypoint radial and distance
(this is generally the default case, but the default case could also be the blank case if there are no reference
waypoints near the user waypoints position.
• REF1BRG1 / REF2BRG2 - if the user waypoint position is defined by a reference 1 waypoint radial and a
reference 2 waypoint radial
• BLANK - if no reference waypoints are near the user waypoints position
Overwriting the currently selected user waypoint’s comment with an automatically generated
comment:
1) Select the desired waypoint on the User Waypoint Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. Select ‘Auto Comment’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
‘Create New Waypoint’ creates a new user waypoint and ‘Delete User Waypoint’ deletes a user waypoint.
Deleting a user waypoint:
1) Select the User Waypoint Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key (select ‘Delete User Waypoint’ and press the ENT Key) or press the DELETE Softkey.
3) The message ‘Would you like to delete the user waypoint’ is displayed. Select ‘YES’ to delete the waypoint.
‘Rename User Waypoint’ renames a user waypoint.
Renaming a user waypoint:
1) Select the User Waypoint Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key (select ‘Rename User Waypoint’ and press the ENT Key) or press the RENAME Softkey.
3) The user waypoint field is highlighted. Rename the user waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) The message ‘Would you like to rename the user waypoint’ is displayed. Select ‘YES’ to rename the new user
waypoint.
5-50
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Creating user waypoints from the Navigation Map Page:
1) With the Navigation Map Page displayed, push the Joystick to activate the panning function. The map arrow is
displayed at the present aircraft position.
2) After placing the map arrow at the desired position, press the ENT Key. If the Map Pointer is placed on an
airspace boundry, the options menu is displayed. Select ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’. Press the
ENT key.
Map Pointer
Information
Review Airspaces
Option
Figure 5-41 User Waypoints on Navigation Map
3) If ‘Review Airspaces is selected, the Review Airspace Information Box is displayed (Figure 5-43).
User Waypoint
Name
Figure 5-42 Naming a User Waypoint
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-51
GPS NAVIGATION
4) If ‘Create User Waypoint’ is selected, the User Waypoint Information Page is displayed with the captured
position.
Airspace
Information
Figure 5-43 Airspace Information Box
5) Enter a waypoint name.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint field is highlighted.
7) If desired, enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and the radial and distance to the reference waypoint.
8) Press the ENT Key to accept.
9) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
5-52
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.10 NEAREST AIRPORTS
Selecting the Nearest Airports Page (Figure 5-44):
1) Select the ‘NRST’ page group.
2) Select the first rectangular page icon.
Airport Identifier, Symbol, Bearing to
the Airport from Current Position, and NOTE: If there are no Nearest Airports
Distance (up to 25 airports within 200
available, a text “NONE WITHIN
nm of the current position)
200NM” is displayed.
Airport Name,
Closest City, Elevation
Selected Nearest
Airport
Displayed on Map
Length of Longest
Hard Surface
Runway (or soft
surface, if no hard
surface runway
exists)
Primary
Communications
Frequency and Type
Most Precise Approaches
Available List
Figure 5-44 Nearest Airports Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-53
GPS NAVIGATION
Selecting a nearest airport:
1) With the Nearest Airport Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired nearest airport.
Accessing information for a specific airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the APT Softkey or press the FMS Knob to place the cursor in
the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’ field. The first airport in the nearest airports list is highlighted.
2) Press the FMS Knob.
3) Highlight the desired airport.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Accessing runway information for the selected airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey to place the cursor in the ‘RUNWAYS’ field.
2) Select the desired runway.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Quickly tuning the COM transceiver to a nearby airport frequency:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor in the ‘FREQUENCIES’
field.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired frequency.
3) Press the ENT Key. The selected frequency is placed in the COM standby frequency tuning box.
4) Press the FREQUENCY TRANSFER Key to place the frequency in the active field.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Accessing information for a specific airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST AIRPORTS’
field.
3) Highlight the desired airport.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
5-54
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Figure 5-45 Nearest Airport Page Menu
Accessing runway information for the selected airport:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select Runway Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘RUNWAYS’
field.
3) Select the desired runway.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Quickly tuning the COM transceiver to a nearby airport frequency:
1) With the Nearest Airports Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select Frequency Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘FREQUENCIES’
field
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key. The selected frequency is placed in the COM standby frequency tuning box.
5) Press the FREQUENCY TRANSFER Key to place the frequency in the active field.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-55
GPS NAVIGATION
5.11 NEAREST AIRPORTS (PFD)
The Nearest Airports window on the PFD displays the 25 nearest airports along with the information shown in
Figure 5-46:
Airport Symbol
Distance From
Nearest Airport
Identifier
Best Approach
Available
Primary Com
Frequency
Bearing
To Nearest
Airport
Figure 5-46 Nearest Airports Window
Length of Longest Hard
Surface Runway
(or soft surface if no hard
runway exists)
OPERATIONS
The Nearest Airports Window is enabled and disabled by pressing the NRST Softkey. From the Nearest Airports
Window, information for a selected airport can be viewed, the active primary communications frequency can be
selected, and direct-to navigation can be activated.
Airport Identifier
Airport Symbol
Facility Name
City, State
Airport Usage Type (e.g.
public, private, military,
heliport)
Elevation
Region
Fuel Types Available (AV
Gas, Jet)
Position Field
UTC Time
Figure 5-47 Airport Information Window
5-56
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Viewing information about an airport:
1) Select the NRST Softkey to display a list of the nearest airports.
2) Select the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) The airport information is displayed with ‘BACK’ highlighted at the bottom of the window (Figure 5-48).
5) When finished viewing the airport information, press the ENT Key to return to the nearest airports list.
Activating a direct-to:
From the Nearest Airports Window, highlight the desired airport, then press the Direct-to Key. The Direct-to Window
appears. Press the ENT Key twice to activate.
Airport Identifier
Airport Symbol
Facility Name
City, State
NRST Airport List
Flight Plan List
Bearing to
Direct-to
Waypoint
Distance to
Direct-to
Waypoint
Course Field
Figure 5-48 Airport Information Window
Selecting a COM frequency:
From the Nearest Airports Window, highlight the desired frequency, then press the ENT Key. The frequency is placed
in the standby COM frequency field in the COM Tuning Box.
COM Frequency
`
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Figure 5-49 COM Frequency
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-57
GPS NAVIGATION
5.12 NEAREST INTERSECTIONS
Selecting the Nearest Intersections Page (Figure 5-50):
1) Select the NRST page group. ‘NRST’ is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the
display.
2) Select the Nearest Intersections Page, the second page in the group.
Intersection
Identifier, Symbol,
Bearing, Distance
(within 200 nm of
current position)
Nearest
Intersection
Symbol
Latitude and
Longitude
Reference VOR
Name,
Symbol, Frequency,
Bearing, Distance
Figure 5-50 Nearest Intersections Page
Selecting a nearest intersection from the Nearest Intersections Page:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select the desired intersection. The information on the Nearest intersection Page pertains to the selected
intersection.
5-58
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.13 NEAREST NDB
Selecting the Nearest NDB Page (Figure 5-51):
1) Select the NRST page group. ‘NRST’ is displayed in the page group icon located in the lower right corner of the
display.
2) Select the Nearest NDB Page, the third page in the group.
Intersection
Identifier, Symbol,
Bearing, Distance
(within 200 nm of
current position)
Nearest
NDB Map
Symbology
NDB Name
NDB Location
Latitude and
Longitude
Frequency
Figure 5-51 Nearest NDB Page
Selecting an NDB from the Nearest NDB Page:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select the desired NDB. The information on the Nearest NDB Page pertains to the selected NDB.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-59
GPS NAVIGATION
5.14 NEAREST VOR
Figure 5-52 Nearest VOR Page
Selecting a nearest VOR:
1) Select the Nearest VOR Page (‘NRST’ page group, fourth rectangular page icon, Figure 5-52).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the FMS Knob (or press the VOR Softkey) to select a VOR (Figure 5-53). Information and frequency
corresponding to the selected VOR is displayed (Figures 5-54 and 5-55).
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
VOR Identifier,
Symbol, Bearing,
Distance (within
200 nm of current
position)
Scroll Bar
Figure 5-53 Selecting a Nearest VOR
5-60
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Reference VOR
Name
Closest City
VOR Type
Mag Variation
Position
Figure 5-54 Information Corrresponding to the Selected VOR
Figure 5-55 Frequency Corrresponding to the Selected VOR
Selecting a nearest VOR using the options menu:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select VOR Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST VOR’
field.
3) Highlight the desired VOR.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Figure 5-56 Nearest VOR Page Menu
Selecting a VOR frequency using the options menu:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select Frequency Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘FREQUENCY’
field.
3) Select the desired frequency.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-61
GPS NAVIGATION
Selecting and loading a VOR frequency:
1) With the Nearest VOR Page displayed, press the FREQ Softkey to highlight the VOR frequency in the ‘FREQUENCY’
field.
2) Press the ENT Key. The selected VOR frequency is placed in the NAV standby frequency box. Press the Frequency
Transfer Key to place the VOR frequency in the active NAV field (Figure 5-57).
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Figure 5-57 Loading a VOR Frequency
5-62
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.15 NEAREST FREQUENCIES
Selecting the Nearest Frequencies Page (Figure 5-58):
1) Select the ‘NRST’ page group.
2) Select the sixth rectangular page icon.
Nearest
ARTCC
Nearest
Frequencies Map
Display
Nearest FSS
Frequencies
Nearest WX
Frequencies
Figure 5-58 Nearest Frequencies Page
The Nearest Frequencies Page (Figure 5-58) displays a list of nearest ARTCC, FSS, and weather frequencies.
Only one ARTCC in the list is viewable at any given time and the user is able to change the currently viewed
ARTCC. For each ARTCC the bearing, distance, and relevant frequencies are displayed. If there are more than
two frequencies for any ARTCC then they are displayed inside of a scrollable list box with only two visible at
any given time.
A list of nearest FSSs is displayed with only one FSS in the list viewable at any given time and the user is able
to change the currently viewed FSS. For each FSS the bearing, distance, and relevant frequencies are displayed.
If there is a NAV frequency for the given FSS then it is displayed in the list with its corresponding identifier so
as to differentiate it from COM frequencies. If there are more than two frequencies of any type for a certain FSS
then they are displayed inside of a scrollable list box with only two visible at any given time.
A list of nearest weather stations is displayed in a scrollable list box with a maximum of eight stations viewable
at any time. Each line displays the call letters, type, and frequency of the given weather station.
A map of the currently selected item (ARTCC, FSS or weather station) and surrounding data, is displayed with
a line between it and the current position. If there is no database loaded or if there are no stations in range, then
any or all of the lists may be empty with the display indicating as such.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-63
GPS NAVIGATION
Selecting a nearest ARTCC and frequency:
1) With the Nearest Frequencies Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired nearest ARTCC.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired ARTCC frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
OR:
1) With the Nearest ARTCC Page displayed, press the ARTCC Softkey to place the cursor in the ‘NEAREST ARTCC’
window.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired nearest ARTCC.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired ARTCC frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
OR:
1) With the Nearest Frequencies Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select ARTCC Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST ARTCC’
field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired nearest ARTCC.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired ARTCC frequency.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
Figure 5-59 Nearest Frequencies Page Menu
5-64
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Selecting a nearest FSS and frequency:
1) With the Nearest ARTCC Page displayed, press the FSS Softkey to place the cursor in the ‘NEAREST FSS’
window.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired nearest FSS.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired FSS frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
OR:
1) With the Nearest ARTCC Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select FSS Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST FSS
window.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired nearest FSS.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired FSS frequency.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the FSS frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
Selecting a nearest weather frequency:
1) With the Nearest Frequencies Page displayed, press the WX Softkey to highlight the frequency in the ‘WX
FREQUENCY’ field.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired weather frequency.
3) Press the ENT Key. The selected weather frequency is placed in the COM standby frequency box.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
OR:
1) With the Nearest ARTCC Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the option ‘Select WX Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘NEAREST WX
window.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired nearest WX frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to load the WX frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-65
GPS NAVIGATION
5.16 NEAREST AIRSPACES
The G1000 alerts the pilot to as many as nine controlled or special use airspaces (three at the most at one
time) near or in the flight path. The airspace name, class, controlling agency, vertical limits and associated
frequencies are displayed for the selected airspace.
NOTE: Softkeys and page menu options are the method for the user to switch between the airspace alerts
box and the frequencies box, with the airspace alerts box being the default. The selection of these options
are mutually exclusive and only one list is actively selectable at any given time. The ALERTS softkey is always
displayed. If the ALERTS softkey is pressed then the airspace alerts box becomes active and open to user
selection.
Airspace Alerts
Note: At most, three
airspace alerts are
shown at any given time
Airspace Type
and Controlling
Agency
The Ceiling and
Floor Altitudes
(vertical limits)
Associated
Frequencies for
the currently
selected Airspace
Alert
Figure 5-60 Nearest Airspaces Window
Selecting and viewing an Airspace Alert with its associated information:
1) Select the Nearest Airspace Page by selecting the ‘NRST;’ page group and then select the seventh page in the
group.
2) Press the ALERTS Softkey to place the cursor in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ box (Figure 5-60).
3) Select the desired airspace.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
5-66
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
OR:
1) With the Nearest Airspace Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Select Alerts Window’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’ Box.
4) Select the desired airspace.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
OR:
1) With the Nearest Airspace Page displayed, press the FMS Knob. The cursor is placed in the ‘AIRSPACE ALERTS’
Box.
2) Select the desired airspace.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
GENERAL NOTES ON AIRSPACE ALERTS
Once an airspace alert has been selected, associated information concerning the specific airspace is
provided. The information includes Airspace Name, Status, and Time to Entry. The status and time to entry
(if applicable) are based on the following conditions:
• If the projected course will take the aircraft inside an airspace within the next ten minutes, the status field
shows the airspace as ‘Ahead’.
• If the aircraft is within two nautical miles of an airspace and the current course will take the aircraft inside,
the status field shows the airspace as ‘Ahead < 2 nm’.
• If the aircraft is within two nautical miles of an airspace and the current course will not take the aircraft
inside, the status field shows ‘Within 2 nm’.
• If the aircraft has entered an airspace, the status field shows ‘Inside’.
The airspace alerts are based on three-dimensional data (latitude, longitude, and altitude) to avoid nuisance
alerts. The alert boundaries for controlled airspace are also sectored to provide complete information on any
nearby airspace. Once the described conditions exists, the status and time of entry is shown if the airspace alert
messages are enabled on the System Setup Page (Auxiliary Page Group; see the System Overview Section).
At most three airspace alerts are displayed at any given time. The user can change the airspace alerts that
are currently visible. For each airspace alert the name of the airspace, the proximity status (Inside, Ahead <
2nm, Ahead, Within 2nm), and the time until the current path of the aircraft will intercept the airspace (only
when the airspace is Ahead, or Ahead < 2nm, otherwise “__:__:__” is used) is displayed. If there are more
than three airspace alerts they are displayed in a scrollable list box with only three visible at one time.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-67
GPS NAVIGATION
AIRSPACE TYPE AND CONTROLLING AGENCY
The Airspace Agency section of the Nearest Airports Window (Figure 5-60) displays the following
information for the selected airspace alert:
• ICAO control area
• Class B (FAA TCA)
• Mode C tower area
• Alert area
• Caution area
• Danger area
• Prohibited area
• Restricted area
• Training area
• Unknown area
• Warning area
• Class C, ICAO terminal control area, Terminal radar service area (TRSA), Mode C area, and Military
operations area (MOA)
• Class C, ICAO control area, ICAO terminal control area, Class B (FAA TCA), Terminal radar service area,
and Mode C area
• Mode C tower area
• Military operations area (MOA), Warning area, Alert area, Caution area, Danger area, Prohibited area,
Restricted area, Training area, and Unknown area
• Class B airspaces
• Class C airspaces
• Class D airspaces
• MOA airspaces
NOTE: All airspace alerts, except for prohibited areas, may be turned on or off from the System Setup Page.
An altitude buffer is also provided on the System Setup Page to provide an extra margin of safety above or
below the published limits. See the System Overview Section for additional details.
5-68
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
The Vertical Limits Box section displays the floor and ceiling limits of the airspace alert. The following are
examples of what may appear as vertical limits for an airspace:
• 5,000 ft MSL (5,000 feet mean sea level)
• 5,000 ft AGL (5,000 feet above ground level)
• MSL (at mean sea level)
• Notam (see Notice to Airmen)
• Unknown
• Unlimited
• See Chart
• Surface
Selecting and quickly tuning an associated frequency for the currently selected airspace alert:
1) Select the Nearest Airspaces Page.
2) Press the FREQ Softkey.
3) Select the desired frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
OR:
1) Select the Nearest Airspaces Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Select Frequency Window’.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Select the desired frequency.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
GENERAL NOTES ON ASSOCIATED FREQUENCIES
For each frequency the frequency type (ATIS, Ground, Tower, ILS, etc.) and the frequency are displayed
on the same list row. For a frequency which has a “frequency information page”, an “i” symbol is displayed
on the list row between the frequency type and the frequency. If there are more than three frequencies for an
airport waypoint index then they are displayed in a scrollable list box with only three visible at a time.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-69
GPS NAVIGATION
5.17 NEAREST USER WAYPOINT
Selecting the Nearest User Waypoint Page (Figure 5-61):
1) Select the ‘NRST’ page group.
2) Select the first rectangular page icon.
Nearest User
Waypoint
Name, Symbol,
Bearing,
Distance
User Waypoint
Information
User Waypoint
Displayed on Map
Refererence
Waypoints
Figure 5-61 Nearest User Waypoint Page
The Nearest User Waypoint Page (Figure 5-61) displays a list of up to the 25 nearest user waypoints that are
within 200 nm. Each list item includes the identifier, icon, bearing and distance to the user waypoint from the
current position. An arrow before the identifier indicates the selected user waypoint.
Up to eleven user waypoints are visible at a time. If more than eleven are available, there is an indication that
the list can be scrolled down and/or up. If less than eleven the unused area matches the background color and
the scroll bar is not be visible. If there are no user waypoints in the list, text indicating that there are no nearest
user waypoints is displayed.
Information about the selected user waypoint includes the user comment and location (latitude and longitude).
If there are no user waypoints, the user comment is blank and the position data is dashed.
5-70
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Reference Waypoints for the selected user waypoint are those specified when the user waypoint was created.
If there is only one valid reference waypoint, the bearing and distance from the reference waypoint is stated
and the second reference waypoint information is dashed. If there are no user waypoints or no valid reference
waypoints, the reference waypoint fields are dashed.
If there are two valid reference waypoints, the bearings from the reference waypoints are stated and the first
reference waypoint’s distance field is dashed.
A map of the currently selected user waypoint and surrounding data is displayed which at a minimum shows
the selected user waypoint and the current aircraft position. A line is drawn between the current position and
the selected user waypoint.
Selecting a nearest user waypoint:
1) With the Nearest User Waypoint Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. If any previously
entered User Waypoints are within 200 nm, these will be displayed with the closest listed first.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired waypoint. The remaining information on the Nearest User Waypoint
Page pertains to the selected Nearest User Waypoint.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-71
GPS NAVIGATION
5.18 FLIGHT PLANNING
The G1000 can store up to 99 numbered flight plans. Each of the stored flight plans can be used in reverse
and each one can contain up to 31 waypoints.
FLIGHT PLANNING FROM THE MFD
Creating a new flight plan:
1) Select the Flight Plan Catalog Page (Figure 5-62).
2) Press the NEW Softkey. A blank flight plan page is displayed for the first empty storage location.
3) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Enter the identifier for each additional flight plan waypoint.
6) Once all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to store the flight plan and return to the Flight Plan
Catalog Page.
Number of Stored
Flight Plans
Number of Flight Plan
Storage Slots Remaining
List of Stored Flight Plan
Titles Ordered by Flight Plan
Number
Departure Point for Selected
Stored Flight Plan
Destination for Selected
Stored Flight Plan
Enroute Safe Altitude
Destination for Selected
Stored Flight Plan
Total Distance for Selected
Stored Flight Plan
Figure 5-62 Flight Plan Catalog Page
OR:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Select the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the MENU Key to display the options menu (Figure 5-63).
4) Highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’.
5) Press the ENT Key. A blank flight plan page is displayed for the first empty storage location. Enter the
identifier, facility, or city name of the departure waypoint and press the ENT Key.
6) Enter the identifier for each additional flight plan waypoint.
5-72
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
7) Once all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to store the flight plan and return to the Flight Plan
Catalog Page.
Figure 5-63 Flight Plan Catalog Page Menu
Activating (beginning to navigate) an existing flight plan:
1) With the desired flight plan highlighted, select the ACTIVE Softkey. The ‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window
appears.
2) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan. To cancel the operation, highlight ‘CANCEL’
and press the ENT Key.
OR:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Highlight the desired flight plan.
5) Press the MENU Key.
6) Select ‘Active Flight Plan’.
7) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Stored Flight Plan?’ window appears.
8) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan. To cancel the operation, highlight ‘CANCEL’
and press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a flight plan:
1) Select the INVERT Softkey. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
2) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the operation, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-73
GPS NAVIGATION
OR:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Highlight the desired flight plan.
5) Press the MENU Key.
6) Highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL’.
7) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
8) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the operation, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Editing a flight plan:
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Select the EDIT Softkey.
4) To add a waypoint to the flight plan, select the point in the plan where the new waypoint is to be added. If an
existing waypoint is highlighted, the new waypoint is placed directly in front of this waypoint.
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city of the new waypoint.
6) Press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
OR:
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) To add a waypoint to the flight plan, select the point in the plan where the new waypoint is to be added. If an
existing waypoint is highlighted, the new waypoint is placed directly in front of this waypoint.
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city of the new waypoint.
6) Press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
Copying a flight plan to another flight plan catalog location:
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Select the COPY Softkey. A ‘Copy to flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the
ENT Key.
5-74
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
OR:
Copying a flight plan to another flight plan catalog location:
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the MENU Key.
4) Highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’.
5) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Copy to flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the
ENT Key.
Deleting a flight plan:
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the flight plan to delete.
3) Select the DELETE Softkey.
4) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
5) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key:
OR:
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the flight plan to delete.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’.
4) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete flight plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
5) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key:
Deleting all flight plans:
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-75
GPS NAVIGATION
Sorting by comment (flight plan name):
1) From the Flight Plan Catalog Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Sort By Comment’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Proceed?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3) With OK highlighted, press the ENT Key to change flight plan ordering. To cancel, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the
ENT Key.
Changing the flight plan name:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page (Figure 5-64), press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
Flight Plan Title
Active Leg
List of Flight Plan Display
Rows for the Flight Plan,
not exceeding 31 items
Flight Plan Distance
Remaining
Active Leg
Information
Flight Plan Total
Distance
Flight Plan Enroute Safe
Altitude
Active/Selected leg
Enroute Safe Altitude
Figure 5-64 Active Flight Plan Page
2) Highlight the Flight Plan name field.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs to change or edit the name (Figure 5-65).
4) Press the ENT Key. Note that the title only changes on the Active Flight Plan Page, not the Flight Plan Catalog
Page.
5-76
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Figure 5-65 Changing Flight Plan Name
LOAD WAYPOINT
‘Load Waypoint’ allows a waypoint to be added to the flight plan which was selected by panning the
map.
Adding a waypoint to the flight plan which was selected by panning the map:
1) Activate map panning from the Active Flight Plan Page.
2) Select a map position.
3) Press the MENU Key.
4) Highlight ‘Load Waypoint’ from the menu list (Figure 5-66).
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) The new user waypoint is inserted into the flight plan before the waypoint in the list that was previously
highlighted. If nothing is highlighted, it will be placed at the end of the flight plan.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-77
GPS NAVIGATION
Load Waypoint
Option
Panning Location
Figure 5-66 Load Waypoint from Map Panning
LOAD DEPARTURE
‘Load Departure’ loads a published departure procedure into a flight plan. It replaces the current departure
with the new selection. When flying a direct-to, the G1000 uses the nearest airport as a reference when
displaying available departures. A published departure can be loaded into the flight plan using one of three
methods:
• LD DP Softkey
• PROC Key
• Active Flight Plan Page Options Menu
The loaded departure replaces the current departure with the new selection.
Loading a departure procedure using the LD DP Softkey:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, select the LD DP Softkey. The DEPARTURE window is displayed on the
‘PROC – DEPARTURE LOADING’ Page.
2) Select a departure.
3) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed.
4) Select a runway.
5) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window may be displayed.
6) Select a transition.
7) Press the ENT Key.
6) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The departure procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight
plan and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
5-78
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Loading a departure procedure using the PROC Key:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the PROC Key. The Procedures Options Menu is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’ from the list (Figure 5-67).
3) Press the ENT Key. The DEPARTURE window is displayed on the ‘PROC – DEPARTURE LOADING Page.
4) Select a departure.
5) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed.
6) Select a runway.
7) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window may be displayed.
8) Select a transition.
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The departure procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight
plan and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
Figure 5-67 Selecting a Departure from the Procedures Window
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-79
GPS NAVIGATION
Loading a departure procedure using the Active Flight Plan Page Menu:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Load Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The DEPARTURE window is displayed on the ‘PROC – DEPARTURE LOADING Page.
4) Select a departure.
5) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed.
6) Select a runway.
7) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window may be displayed.
8) Select a transition.
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The departure procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight
plan and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
LOAD APPROACH
‘Load Approach’ selects a published instrument approach for the destination airport. It replaces the
current approach with the new selection. A published approach for the destination airport can be loaded
into the flight plan using one of three methods:
• LD APR Softkey
• PROC Key
• Active Flight Plan Page Options Menu
Loading an instrument approach using the LD APR Softkey:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, select the LD APR Softkey. The APPROACH window is displayed on the
‘PROC – APPROACH LOADING’ Page (Figure 5-68).
2) Select an approach and press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
3) Select a transition (the ‘VECTORS’ option assumes vectors will be received to the final course segment of the
approach and will provide navigation guidance relative to the final approach course).
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight ‘LOAD?’ or ‘ACTIVATE?’. ‘LOAD’ adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the
approach for navigation guidance. This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigating until cleared
for the approach, but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed. ‘ACTIVATE’ adds the
approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course.
6) If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ message is displayed with ‘YES’ highlighted
(Figure 5-69). Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message. To cancel the approach, select ‘NO’ and press
the ENT Key.
5-80
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Destination
Airport
Available
Approaches List
Figure 5-68 Available Approaches for
Destination Airport
Loading an approach procedure using the PROC Key:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the PROC Key. The Procedures Options Menu is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The APPROACH window is displayed on the ‘PROC – APPROACH LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an approach.
5) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
6) Select a transition (the ‘VECTORS’ option assumes vectors will be received to the final course segment of the
approach and will provide navigation guidance relative to the final approach course.)
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Highlight ‘LOAD?’ or ‘ACTIVATE?’. ‘LOAD’ adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the
approach for navigation guidance. This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigating until cleared
for the approach, but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed. ‘ACTIVATE’ adds the
approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course.
9) If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ messages is displayed with ‘YES’
highlighted. Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message. To cancel the approach, select ‘NO’ and press the
ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-81
GPS NAVIGATION
Figure 5-69 ‘Not Approved for GPS’ Message
Loading an approach procedure using the Active Flight Plan Page Menu:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Load Approach’
3) Press the ENT Key. The APPROACH window is displayed on the ‘PROC – APPROACH LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an approach and press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
5) Select a transition (the ‘VECTORS’ option assumes vectors will be received to the final course segment of the
approach and will provide navigation guidance relative to the final approach course).
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Highlight ‘LOAD?’ or ‘ACTIVATE?’. ‘LOAD’ adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the
approach for navigation guidance. This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigating until cleared for
the approach, but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed. ‘Activate’ adds the approach
to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course.
8) If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ messages is displayed with ‘YES’
highlighted. Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message. To cancel the approach, select ‘NO’ and press the
ENT Key.
LOAD ARRIVAL
A published standard terminal arrival route (STAR) for the destination airport can be loaded into the
flight plan using one of three methods:
• LD STAR Softkey
• PROC Key
• Active Flight Plan Page Options Menu
The loaded arrival replaces the current arrival with the new selection.
5-82
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Loading an arrival procedure using the LD STAR Softkey:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, select the LD STAR Softkey.
2) The ARRIVAL window is displayed on the ‘PROC – ARRIVAL LOADING’ Page (Figure 5-70).
3) Select an arrival.
4) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
5) Select a transition.
6) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed. If so, select a runway.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The arrival procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight plan
and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
Available Arrivals
for the Destination
Airport
Figure 5-70 Available Arrivals
Loading an arrival procedure using the PROC Key:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the PROC Key.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ARRIVAL window is displayed on the ‘PROC – ARRIVAL LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an arrival.
5) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
6) Select a transition.
7) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed. If so, select a runway.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The arrival procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight plan
and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-83
GPS NAVIGATION
Loading an arrival procedure using the Active Flight Plan Page Menu:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Load Arrival’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ARRIVAL window is displayed on the ‘PROC – ARRIVAL LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an arrival.
5) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
6) Select a transition.
7) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed. If so, select a runway.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The arrival procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight plan
and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
ACTIVATE LEG
Figure 5-71 Activate Leg Command
‘Activate Leg’ selects the highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently used for
navigation guidance). A flight plan along a specific leg can be activated using two possible methods:
• ACT LEG Softkey
• Active Flight Plan Page Options Menu
Activating a flight plan along a specific leg using the ACT LEG Softkey:
1) Highlight the desired destination waypoint from the Flight Plan list.
2) Select the ACT LEG Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed (Figure 5-71).
3) With ‘Activate’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the operation, select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Activating a flight plan along a specific leg using the options menu:
1) Highlight the desired destination waypoint.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Activate Leg’.
4) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
5) With ‘Activate’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5-84
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
SAVING (STORING) THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
Figure 5-72 Store Flight Plan Confirmation Box
Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,
departure or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the
instrument procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active
(unless an instrument procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.
Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, departure, or arrival. The active flight plan is erased
when the system is turned off and overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight
plans with an approach, departure or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information from the current
database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the G1000 automatically updates
the information if the procedure has not been modified. If an approach, departure or arrival procedure is
no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the flight plan and an alert is displayed.
Storing an active flight plan:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key (Figure 5-72). The flight plan is stored in the next available position
in the flight plan list on the Flight Plan Catalog Page.
INVERTING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
‘Invert Fight Plan’ reverses the active flight plan. After navigating along a flight plan, the route can be
reversed for navigation guidance back to the original departure waypoint.
Inverting and activating an existing flight plan:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Invert Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’.
5) Press the ENT Key. To cancel the operation, highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-85
GPS NAVIGATION
DELETING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
‘Delete Flight Plan’ removes all waypoints from the active flight plan. Deleting a flight plan does not delete
the waypoints contained in the flight plan from the database or user waypoint memory.
Delete a flight plan:
1) From the Active Flight Plan page, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan?’ window is displayed (Figure 5-73).
4) Select ‘OK’.
5) Press the ENT Key. To cancel the operation, highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Figure 5-73 Delete Flight Plan
REMOVING AN APPROACH, ARRIVAL, OR DEPARTURE
• ‘Remove Departure’ deletes the current DP from the active flight plan.
• ‘Remove Arrival’ deletes the current STAR from the active flight plan.
• ‘Remove Approach’ deletes the currently selected approach from the active flight plan.
Removing an approach, arrival, or departure:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the ‘Remove Approach’, ‘Remove Arrival’ or ‘Remove Departure’ option.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Removing an individual waypoint:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, select the waypoint that is to be deleted.
2) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the waypoint.
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5-86
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
ACCESSING THE CLOSEST POINT OF FLIGHT PLAN WINDOW
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes from a
reference waypoint. It can also be used to create a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location
closest to a chosen reference waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Page, press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Closest Point of FPL’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A window is displayed with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
4) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) The G1000 displays the location, lat/lon, bearing (BRG), and distance (DIST) to the closest point along the flight
plan from the selected reference waypoint. To create a user waypoint at this location and add it to the flight plan,
highlight ‘LOAD’ and press the ENT Key. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the
reference waypoint.
CHANGING THE CONFIGURABLE DATA FIELDS IN THE WAYPOINT LIST
‘Change Fields’ allows the default fields of DTK (distance) and DIS (distance) to be changed to the
following:
• CUM (cumulative distance)
• DIS (distance)
• DTK (desired track)
• ESA (estimated safe altitude)
• ETA (estimated time of arrival)
• ETE (estimated time enroute)
Changing either the DTK or the DIS field:
1) With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Change Fields’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Highlight the ‘DIS’ or ‘DTK’ field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display a list of options (Figure 5-74).
6) Select the desired item.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-87
GPS NAVIGATION
Available
Fields
List
Figure 5-74 Changing Flight Plan Data Fields
Restore Defaults returns the ‘DTK’ and ‘DIS’ fields to ‘DTK’ and ‘DIS’.
Restoring the DTK and DIS fields on the Active Flight Plan Page:
1) With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Restore Defaults’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
Removing a waypoint using the CLR Key:
1) With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the identifier for the waypoint to delete.
3) Press the CLR Key to display a confirmation window (Figure 5-75).
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to remove the selected waypoint.
Confirmation
Window
Figure 5-75 Removing a Waypoint
5-88
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Creating user waypoints using the Active Flight Plan Page Map:
1) With the Active Flight Plan Page displayed, push the Joystick to activate the panning function. The target
pointer is displayed at the present aircraft position.
2) After placing the pointer at the desired position, press the ENT Key. The User Waypoint Information Page is
displayed with the captured position. At this point, the User Waypoint is added to the flight plan list. If a
waypoint in the list is highlighted, the new user waypoint is placed before that waypoint, if there is no highlight,
the new user waypoint is placed at the end of the list.
3) Enter a waypoint name.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name. The first reference waypoint field is highlighted.
5) If desired, enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and the radial and distance to the reference waypoint.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
‘Edit Flight Plan’ allows the user to edit a stored flight plan.
‘Copy Flight Plan’ copies the active flight plan to a Flight Plan Catalog location. The copy function is useful
for duplicating the active flight plan before making changes.
‘Delete Flight Plan’ removes all waypoints from the active flight plan. Deleting a flight plan does not delete
the waypoints contained in the flight plan from the database or user waypoint memory. Once the pilot is
finished with a flight plan, it can easily be deleted from the Flight Plan Catalog Page or the Active Flight Plan
Page.
‘Delete All’ removes all flight plans from memory at one time.
‘Sort by Comment’ sorts flight plans alphanumerically based upon the comment assigned to each flight
plan. Procedures on how to enter a comment (flight plan name) are described in the Active Flight Plan Page
section.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-89
GPS NAVIGATION
TRIP PLANNING
Page Mode
Input Data
Inset Map
Other Statistics
Trip Statistics
Fuel Statistics
Figure 5-76 Trip Planning Page
Trip Planning
Page Softkeys
The Trip Planning Page (Figure 5-80) displays calculated statistics regarding the projected path of flight,
based on a number of input parameters provided. There are two modes of entering the projected flight path,
a flight plan mode and a waypoint entry mode. There are two sources of input data, manually entered by the
user, or automatically updated through input sensors and equipment. The Trip Planning Page displays the
following:
• An Inset Map showing the selected flight plan or flight leg. This map has an appropriate scale in order to
see the selection. If there is no selected flight path the map shows the current position.
• The selected flight plan number and selected leg number (in flight plan mode). The selected leg number
may be the entire flight plan.
• The selected ‘FROM’ and ‘TO’ waypoints. In waypoint mode these are the selected waypoints. In flight
plan mode with a specific leg selected the waypoints shown are the endpoints of the selected leg. In flight
plan mode with the entire flight plan selected the waypoints shown are the start and end waypoints of the
selected flight plan. In automatic flight plan mode with active flight plan selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is
the present position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the end of the selected leg.
• DEP TIME (departure time) - this defaults to the current time
• GS - ground speed
• FUEL FLOW
• FUEL ONBOARD
• CALIBRATE AS (calibrated airspeed) - in auto mode, the primary source of information is from the air data
system, and the secondary source of information is the GPS ground speed.
5-90
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
• INDICATED ALTITUDE - In auto mode, the primary source of information is the barometric altitude, and
the secondary source of information is the GPS altitude.
• PRESSURE (barometric pressure)
• TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE
TRIP STATS
• DTK (desired track)
• DIS (distance) - the distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9. The distance is shown in whole units
up to 9999.
• ETE (estimated time enroute) - this time is either be shown as minutes:seconds, if the time enroute is less
than an hour, as hours:minutes.
• ETA (estimated time of arrival)
• ESA (enroute safe altitude) - This value reflects either the ESA for the selected leg, for the route between
two selected waypoints, or for the entire flight plan, depending on what is currently selected.
• Destination sunrise and sunset times
FUEL STATS
• EFFICIENCY (fuel efficiency) - this value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the
current fuel flow.
• TOTAL ENDUR (time of fuel endurance) - this time is shown as hours:minutes and is obtained by
dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.
• REM FUEL (fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg) - this value is calculated by taking the
amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required for trip.
• REM ENDUR (fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg)
• FUEL REQ (fuel required for trip) - this value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel flow.
See fuel endurance for an explanation of how time to go is calculated.
• TOTAL RANGE (total range at entered fuel flow) - this value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel
endurance by the ground speed.
OTHER STATS
• DENSITY ALT (density altitude)
• TRUE AIRSPEED
• WIND DIRECTION, WIND SPEED, TAIL or HEAD WIND (only in auto mode) - the head wind is shown
as a tail wind value if appropriate.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-91
GPS NAVIGATION
OPERATIONS
Fuel Planning
The Trip Planning Page displays current fuel conditions along the active direct-to or flight plan using
fuel flow and/or fuel totalizer data. Fuel flow, ground speed (GS), and fuel on board values can be
manually entered for planning purposes.
Performing manual waypoint fuel planning operations:
1) Select the Trip Planning Page.
2) The current page mode is displayed at the top of the page, ‘AUTOMATIC’ or ‘MANUAL’. Select the MANUAL
Softkey.
3) For direct-to fuel planning, select the WPTS Softkey and enter the flight plan departure airport (FROM) in the
waypoint field (P.POS; present position).
4) Select the ENT Key and the flashing cursor moves to the ‘to’ waypoint field.
5) Enter the identifier of the ‘to’ waypoint and select the ENT Key to accept the waypoint.
6) Enter the following values:
•
DEP TIME (departure time) - this defaults to the current time
•
GS - ground speed
•
FUEL FLOW
•
FUEL ONBOARD
• CALIBRATE AS (calibrated airspeed) - in auto mode, the primary source of information is from the air data
system, and the secondary source of information is the GPS ground speed.
• INDICATED ALTITUDE - In auto mode, the primary source of information is the barometric altitude, and the
secondary source of information is the GPS altitude.
•
PRESSURE (barometric pressure)
•
TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE
Once the last value is entered, fuel statistics for the direct-to are displayed.
Flight Plan
Number
Flight Plan Leg
Number
‘To’
Waypoint
‘From’
Waypoint
Figure 5-77 Flight Plan Mode
5-92
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Performing automatic waypoint fuel planning operations:
1) The current page mode is displayed at the top of the page, ‘AUTOMATIC’ or ‘MANUAL’. Select the AUTO
Softkey.
2) For direct-to fuel planning, select the WPTS Softkey and enter the flight plan departure airport (FROM) in the
waypoint field (P.POS; present position).
3) Select the ENT Key and the flashing cursor moves to the ‘to’ waypoint field.
4) Enter the identifier of the ‘to’ waypoint and select the ENT Key to accept the waypoint.
Once the ‘to’ waypoint is entered, fuel statistics for the direct-to are displayed, no manual input of data
is required.
Flight Plan Field
Not Accesible
Figure 5-78 Waypoint Mode
For fuel planning using a stored flight plan instead of direct-to waypoints, follow the steps previously
given for waypoint fuel planning except enter a desired flight plan number and/or a desired leg of the flight
plan instead of waypoints (Figure 5-79).
Figure 5-79 Flight Plan and Leg Number Fields
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-93
GPS NAVIGATION
VERTICAL NAVIGATION
NOTE: An active flight plan or direct-to must be entered in order to utilize the VNAV feature.
Target Distance (from
reference)
Target
Reference
Target Altitude
Waypoint
Target Altitude
Reference (above
WPT or MSL)
Descent Rate
Target Altitude
Target
Vertical Speed
Required
Map Legend
Time to Begin
Descent or
Climb
Figure 5-80 Vertical Navigation Page
The Vertical Navigation feature allows the creation of a three-dimensional profile which gives guidance from
the present position and altitude to a final (target) altitude at a specified location. This is helpful when the pilot
wants to descend to a certain altitude near an airport or climb to an altitude before reaching a route or directto waypoint. Once the profile is defined, message alerts and additional data on the PFD informs the pilot of
progress. The Vertical Navigation Page displays the information shown in Figure 5-84.
NOTE: The Vertical Navigation Page Map orientation is always ‘Desired Track Up’.
Creating a vertical navigation profile:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Select the Vertical Navigation Page (third page icon).
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) With the ‘TARGET POSITION’ distance field highlighted, select the desired distance for Top Of Climb or Bottom
Of Descent from the VNAV profile endpoint. The default distance is 4 nm.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now positioned over the ‘Before’ and ‘After’ field.
6) Select whether the previously set distance is ‘Before’ or ‘After’ the endpoint.
7) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now placed over the VNAV profile endpoint field.
5-94
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
8) Turn the small FMS Knob to display a list possible VNAV profile endpoints. When using a flight plan, the target
reference waypoint itself can be specified from the waypoints contained in the flight plan. By default, the last
waypoint in the flight plan is selected. Highlight the desired waypoint.
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) With the ‘TARGET ALTITUDE’ field highlighted, select the target altitude. If the selected altitude is above the
current aircraft altitude, a profiled climb is created. If the selected altitude is below the current aircraft altitude,
a profiled descent will be created.
11) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now placed in the ‘TARGET VERTICAL SPEED’ field. The default profile utilizes
a 400 foot-per-minute descent rate.
12) To change the vertical speed, enter the desired vertical speed.
13) Press the ENT Key when finished.
With the profile set, the vertical speed required (VSR) and ‘Begin Climb In’ or ‘Begin Descent In’ time is
displayed. Expect the following to occur when using the vertical navigation feature:
At one minute prior to reaching the Bottom Of Climb or Top Of Descent point (gray arc), the message
‘APPR VPROF - Approaching VNAV Profile’ is displayed as a PFD alert (Figure 5-81). The descent (or climb)
angle also locks to prevent changes in speed from altering the profile. If selected, the vertical speed required
(VSR) readout on the default NAV and map pages shows the desired vertical speed to maintain the proper
descent (or climb) angle. At 500 feet above (or below, for a climb) the target altitude (white arc), an ‘APPR TRG
ALT’ - Approaching Target Altitude (Figure 5-82) message is provided. The VSR readout on the Navigation Map
Page is blanked out at this point.
Figure 5-81 Approaching VNAV Profile Message (PFD)
Figure 5-82 Approaching Target Altitude Message (PFD)
NOTE: The VNAV mesages (Figures 5-81 and 5-82) will only be displayed if the VNAV messages are enabled.
Press the MENU key on the VNAV Page to enable or disable the messages.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-95
GPS NAVIGATION
The VNAV messages are not enabled until the ‘VNAV Messages On?’ option is enabled from the VNAV Page
MENU (Figure 5-83). To display the page MENU, press the MENU Key (with the VNAV Page displayed). The
VNAV Page Options MENU also allows the pilot to restore VNAV page defaults.
Figure 5-83 Vertical Navigation Page Menu
To view the vertical speed required on any MFD Page, a field in the Navigation Status Bar must be configured
to display VSR (Figure 5-84, see the System Setup Page Instructions for details).
Figure 5-84 Vertical Navigation Page Menu
5-96
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
FLIGHT PLANNING FROM THE PFD
Flight planning on the PFD centers around the Flight Plan Window (Figure 5-85) where flight plans can be
created, edited, and activated. The Flight Plan Window is enabled and disabled by pressing the FPL Key.
Flight Plan Title
Desired Track
Leg Distance
Active Leg
Next Available
Memory Position
Figure 5-85 Flight Plan Window
OPERATIONS
The following operations can be performed using the Flight Plan Window Menu (Figure 5-86).
• Activate leg
• Store, invert, or delete flight plan
• Load or remove departure, arrival, or approach
• Closest Point of FPL
• Restore defaults
Figure 5-86 Flight Plan Page Menu
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-97
GPS NAVIGATION
CREATE NEW FLIGHT PLAN
Up to 99 flight plans with up to 31 waypoints in each flight plan can be created and stored in memory.
Creating a new flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. The waypoint field is highlighted.
3) Enter the identifier, city/state, or facility name of the airport/waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the next empty waypoint field.
5) Enter the identifier for each additional waypoint.
6) Press the FPL Key to remove the window.
ACTIVATE LEG
‘Activate Leg’ selects the highlighted leg as the “active leg” (the flight plan leg which is currently used for
navigation guidance).
Activating a flight plan along a specific leg:
1) From the Flight Plan Window, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired destination waypoint.
3) Press the MENU Key
4) Highlight ‘Activate Leg’.
5) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed with ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted.
6) Press the ENT Key.
5-98
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
STORE FLIGHT PLAN
The active flight plan is erased when the G1000 is powered off or when another flight plan is activated.
When storing flight plans with an approach, departure or arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint information
from the current database to define the waypoints in the flight plan. If the navigation database is changed
or updated, the G1000 automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been modified. If an
approach, departure or arrival procedure is no longer available, the flight plan becomes “locked” until the
procedure is deleted from the flight plan or until the correct navigation database is installed.
Storing a flight plan:
1) From the Flight Plan Window (once all of the waypoints have been entered), press the MENU Key to display the
page MENU.
2) Select ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Store Flight Plan Window is displayed with ‘OK’ highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan in the next available memory slot.
5) Press the ENT Key.
INVERT FLIGHT PLAN
‘Invert Flight Plan’ reverses the active flight plan. After traveling along a flight plan, the pilot may wish to
reverse the route for navigation back to the original departure point.
Activating an existing flight plan in reverse:
1) From the Flight Plan window, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’.
5) Press the ENT Key. The flight plan is now reversed and activated.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-99
GPS NAVIGATION
DELETE FLIGHT PLAN
The entire flight plan or selected waypoints within the flight plan may be deleted.
Deleting the entire flight plan:
1) From the Flight Plan Window, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the ENT Key to delete all waypoints in the flight plan.
Deleting selected waypoints in the flight plan:
1) From the Flight Plan Window, select the desired waypoint.
2) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove Waypoint Name?’ Window is displayed with ‘OK’ highlighted.
3) Press the ENT Key.
CLOSEST POINT OF FPL
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference
waypoint. It may also be used to create a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a
chosen reference waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) From the Flight Plan Window, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Closest Point of FPL’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
4) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The G1000 displays the bearing (BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight
plan from the selected reference waypoint.
6) To create a user waypoint at this location and add it to the flight plan, press the ENT Key. The name for the new
user waypoint is derived from the identifier or the reference waypoint.
5-100
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
5.19 PROCEDURES
NOTE: If any portion of an arrival procedure is the active leg of a flight plan, the existing arrival procedure
must be deleted before changing to a different arrival procedure.
DEPARTURES, ARRIVALS, AND APPROACHES (MFD)
Options
Arrival Loaded in Active
Flight Plan
Approach Procedure
Loaded in Active Flight
Plan
Departure Procedure
Loaded in Active Flight
Plan
Figure 5-87 Procedures Window
DEPARTURE OPERATIONS
Loading and activating a departure procedure:
1) Press the PROC Key. The Procedures Window is displayed (Figure 5-87).
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The DEPARTURE window is displayed on the ‘PROC – DEPARTURE LOADING Page.
4) Select a departure.
5) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed.
6) Select a runway.
7) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window may be displayed.
8) Select a transition.
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The departure procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight
plan and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
11) Highlight the desired transition waypoint.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-101
GPS NAVIGATION
12) Press the ENT Key. ‘LOAD?’ is highlighted.
13) Press the ENT Key. The departure will be active when the flight plan is active.
OR::
1) With the Departure Loading Page displayed (Figure 5-88), press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter an identifier, facility name or city location field.
3) Press the ENT Key until the DEPARTURE window is displayed.
4) Select a departure.
5) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed.
6) Select a runway.
7) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window may be displayed.
8) Select a transition.
9) Press the ENT Key. The departure is now ready to load.
10) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Airport
Symbol
Airport Usage
Identifier
Facility Name
Location
Available
Departures
Map Showing
Selected
Departure
List of Legs
in Departure
Sequence
Figure 5-88 Departure Loading Page
5-102
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Activating a departure leg:
1) Press the FPL key.
2) Press the FMS knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS knob to highlight the desired waypoint within the departure.
4) Press the ACT LEG softkey. A confirmation window showing the selected leg will be displayed.
5) With ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted, press the ENT key.
Figure 5-89 Activate Leg Option
Viewing a Departure Airport:
1) Select the Departure Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Departure Airport’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Airport Page is displayed.
OR:
1) Select the Approach Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Departure Airport’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Information Page is displayed.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-103
GPS NAVIGATION
OR:
1) Select the Arrival Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Departure Airport’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Departure Information Page is displayed.
5) Enter an identifier, facility, or city name for the departure airport.
Removing a departure:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Window, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the ‘Remove Departure’ option.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5-104
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
ARRIVAL OPERATIONS
Selecting the Arrival Loading Page (Figure 5-90):
1) Select the ‘WPT’ page group.
2) Select the first rectangular page icon.
Facility Name
Airport
Identifier
Airport Symbol
Airport
Usage
Airport
Location
Available
Arrivals
Map Showing
Selected Arrival
List of Legs,
Desired Track,
and Distance in
Arrival
Sequence
Figure 5-90 Arrival Loading Page
Loading an arrival procedure:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Window, press the LD STAR Softkey.
2) The ARRIVAL window is displayed on the ‘PROC – ARRIVAL LOADING’ Page.
3) Select an arrival.
4) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
5) Select a transition.
6) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed. If so, select a runway.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The arrival procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight plan
and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
OR:
1) Press the PROC Softkey.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-105
GPS NAVIGATION
3) Press the ENT Key. The ARRIVAL window is displayed on the ‘PROC – ARRIVAL LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an arrival.
5) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
6) Select a transition.
7) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed. If so, select a runway.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The arrival procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight plan
and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
OR:
1) From the Active Flight Plan page, press the MENU Softkey.
2) Highlight ‘Load Arrival’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ARRIVAL window is displayed on the ‘PROC – ARRIVAL LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an arrival.
5) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
6) Select a transition.
7) Press the ENT Key. The RUNWAY window may be displayed. If so, select a runway.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) With ‘LOAD’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The arrival procedure is displayed as part of the overall flight plan
and is placed in front of the enroute flight plan.
OR:
1) Select the Arrival Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Load Arrival’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Active Flight Plan Page is displayed. The arrival procedure is displayed as part of the
overall flight plan and is placed after the enroute flight plan.
View an arrival:
1) Select the Departure Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Arrival’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Information Page is displayed.
5-106
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
OR:
1) Select the Arrival Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Arrival Airport’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Airport Page is displayed.
OR:
1) Select the Approach Information Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘View Arrival’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Arrival Information Page is displayed.
Removing an arrival:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Window, press the MENU Key.
2) Select the ‘Remove Approach’, ‘Remove Arrival’ or ‘Remove Departure’ option.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-107
GPS NAVIGATION
APPROACH OPERATIONS
Since not all approaches in the database are approved for GPS use. When selecting an approach, a “GPS”
designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure can be flown using the GPS receiver.
Some procedures will not have this designation, meaning the GPS receiver can be used for supplemental
navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for primary guidance, the appropriate
navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or ILS). The final course segment of
ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to the proper frequency and selecting
that NAV receiver on the CDI.
Facility Name
Airport
Identifier
Airport Symbol
Airport
Usage
Airport
Location
Map Showing
Selected
Approach
Available
Approaches
List of Legs,
Desired Track,
and Distance in
Arrival
Sequence
Figure 5-91 Approach Loading Page
Loading a instrument approach:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Window, press the LD APR Softkey. The APPROACH window is displayed on the
‘PROC – APPROACH LOADING’ Page (Figure 5-91).
2) Select an approach and press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
3) Select a transition (the ‘VECTORS’ option assumes vectors will be received to the final course segment of the
approach and will provide navigation guidance relative to the final approach course).
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight ‘LOAD?’ or ‘ACTIVATE?’. ‘LOAD’ adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the
approach for navigation guidance. This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigating until cleared
for the approach, but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed. ‘ACTIVATE’ adds the
approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course.
5-108
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
6) If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ message is displayed with ‘YES’
highlighted. Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message. To cancel the approach, select ‘NO’ and press
the ENT Key.
Figure 5-92 Not Approved for GPS Message
OR:
1) Select the Nearest Airports Page.
2) Select the desired nearest airport.
3) Press the APR Softkey located at the bottom of the display. The ‘LD APR’ (load approach) Softkey becomes
available.
4) Select the desired approach.
5) Press the LD APR Softkey. The Approach Loading Page is displayed with the transitions field highlighted.
6) Select the desired transition.
7) Press the ENT Key. The ‘LOAD?’ field is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the approach. If navigating a flight plan previous to loading this approach, the
G1000 will continue navigating the flight plan until the approach is activated.
9) Highlight the ‘ACTIVATE’ field.
10) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach and begin navigating to the IAP.
11) If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ messages is displayed with ‘YES’
highlighted. Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message (or select ‘NO’).
12) Press the ENT Key to return to the Approach Loading Page.
OR:
1) From any page, press the PROC Key. The Procedures Options MENU is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The APPROACH window is displayed on the ‘PROC – APPROACH LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an approach.
5) Press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
6) Select a transition (the ‘VECTORS’ option assumes vectors will be received to the final course segment of the
approach and will provide navigation guidance relative to the final approach course.)
7) Press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-109
GPS NAVIGATION
8) Highlight ‘LOAD?’ or ‘ACTIVATE?’. ‘LOAD’ adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the
approach for navigation guidance. This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigating until cleared
for the approach, but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed. ‘ACTIVATE’ adds the
approach to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course.
9) If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ messages is displayed with ‘YES’
highlighted. Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message. To cancel the approach, select ‘NO’ and press
the ENT Key.
OR:
1) From the Active Flight Plan Window, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Load Approach’
3) Press the ENT Key. The APPROACH window is displayed on the ‘PROC – APPROACH LOADING’ Page.
4) Select an approach and press the ENT Key. The TRANSITION window is displayed.
5) Select a transition (the ‘VECTORS’ option assumes vectors will be received to the final course segment of the
approach and will provide navigation guidance relative to the final approach course).
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Highlight ‘LOAD?’ or ‘ACTIVATE?’. ‘LOAD’ adds the approach to the flight plan without immediately using the
approach for navigation guidance. This allows for the original flight plan to continue navigating until cleared for
the approach, but keeps the approach available for quick activation when needed. ‘Activate’ adds the approach
to the flight plan and begins navigating the approach course.
8) If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ messages is displayed with ‘YES’
highlighted. Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message. To cancel the approach, select ‘NO’ and press
the ENT Key.
Removing an approach from a direct-to or active flight plan:
1) From the Flight Plan Window, press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Remove Departure’, ‘Remove Arrival’, or ‘Remove Approach’
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window appears listing the procedure that is about to be removed with ‘OK’
highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5-110
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
Another Procedures Window option allows the pilot to select vectors to the final approach course.
Activating a (previously loaded) approach, with vectors to final:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ and press the ENT Key.
In many cases, it may be easiest to “Load” the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to
the destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps above to select ‘Activate Vector-To-Final’
— which makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active. Otherwise, activate the full approach using
the ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ option.
Activating a Missed Approach:
1) Press the PROC key.
2) Turn the large FMS knob to highlight ‘ACTIVATE MISSED APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT key. A confirmation window will be displayed.
4) With ‘ACTIVATE’ highlighted, press the ENT key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-111
GPS NAVIGATION
DEPARTURES, ARRIVALS, AND APPROACHES (PFD)
The Procedures Window (Figure 5-93) provides direct access to departures, arrivals and approaches — based
upon the active flight plan or direct-to destination. In either case, the departure and destination airports must
have published procedures associated with them. The Procedures Window is displayed and removed by pressing
the PROC Key .
Figure 5-93 Procedures Window
SELECT DEPARTURE
‘Select Departure’ selects a published standard instrument departure (SID) for the departure airport or
replaces the current departure with a new selection. When using a direct-to, the G1000 uses the nearest
airport as a reference when displaying available departures.
Available
Runways
Available
Departures
Available
Transitions
Figure 5-94 Selecting a Departure
Selecting a departure for the departure airport:
1) Display the Procedures Window by pressing the PROC Key.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT DEPARTURE’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Enter an identifier, city, or facility name.
5) Press the ENT Key until the departure field is highlighted.
6) Select the desired departure.
7) Press the ENT Key. A window appears listing the available transitions for the departure.
5-112
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
8) Select the desired transition or vectors.
9) Press the ENT Key. A window appears listing the available runways for the departure.
10) Select the desired runway.
11) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to load the departure.
SELECT ARRIVAL
‘SELECT ARRIVAL’ selects a published standard terminal arrival route (STAR) for the destination airport or
replaces a current arrival with a new selection.
Available
Transitions
Available
Arrivals
Figure 5-95 Selecting an Arrival
Selecting an arrival for a direct-to or flight plan destination airport:
1) Display the Procedures Window by pressing the PROC Key.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT ARRIVAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Enter an identifier, city, or facility name.
5) Press the ENT Key until the arrival field is highlighted.
6) Select the desired arrival.
7) Press the ENT Key. A window appears listing the available transitions for the arrival.
8) Select the desired transition or vectors.
9) Press the ENT Key. A window appears listing the available runways for the arrival.
10) Select the desired runway.
11) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to load the arrival.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-113
GPS NAVIGATION
SELECT APPROACH
‘SELECT APPROACH’ selects a published instrument approach for the destination airport or replaces the
current approach with a new selection.
Available
Transitions
Available
Approaches
Figure 5-96 Selecting an Approach
Selecting an approach for a direct-to or flight plan destination airport (Figure 5-96):
1) Display the Procedures Window by pressing the PROC Key.
2) Highlight ‘SELECT APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Enter an identifier, city, or facility name.
5) Press the ENT Key until the approach field is highlighted.
6) Select the desired approach.
7) Press the ENT Key. A window appears listing the available transitions for the approach.
8) Select the desired transition or vectors.
9) Press the ENT Key.
10) With ‘LOAD?’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to load the approach OR: to activate the approach, highlight ‘ACTIVATE?’.
NOTE: If the approach is not approved for GPS, a ‘NOT APPROVED FOR GPS’ message is displayed with ‘YES’
highlighted. Press the ENT Key to acknowledge the message. To cancel the approach, select ‘NO’ and press
the ENT Key.
5-114
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
GPS NAVIGATION
ACTIVATE APPROACH
‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’ activates the approach.
Figure 5-97 Activate Approach Selection
Activating the approach for a direct-to or flight plan destination airport:
1) From the active flight plan window, press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE APPROACH’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL
‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’ allows the pilot to select vectors to the final approach course.
Figure 5-98 Activate Vector-To-Final Selection
Activating the approach with vectors to final:
1) From an active flight plan, press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Options Window.
2) Highlight ‘ACTIVATE VECTOR-TO-FINAL’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
5-115
GPS NAVIGATION
BLANK PAGE
5-116
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The hazard avoidance features available for the G1000 system are designed to aid situational awareness and
provide advisory information with regard to potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain,
and air traffic.
Hazard avoidance in the G1000 is divided into the following categories:
Weather
• GDL 69/69A XM® Satellite Weather
Terrain Avoidance
• TAWS (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - TSO-C151b certified)
Traffic
• TIS (Traffic Information Service)
• L-3 Skywatch® Traffic Advisory System (Optional)
6.1 XM SATELLITE WEATHER
NOTE: XM Satellite Weather data provides information for avoiding hazardous weather. Never use it to
penetrate hazardous weather.
The GDL 69/69A is a remote-mounted data-link satellite receiver that is capable of receiving XM Satellite
Weather data and displaying received graphical weather information and associated text on the G1000 Multi
Function Display (MFD) and the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Inset Map. The GDL 69A can receive XM Satellite
Radio® entertainment services. Both weather data and entertainment programming operate in the S-band
frequency range to provide continuous reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.
XM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.xmradio.com.
ACTIVATING SERVICES
Before XM Satellite Weather can be used, the service must be activated. The service is activated by providing
XM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on the equipment.
For the GDL 69, the Data Radio ID must be provided to XM Satellite Radio services to activate the weather
service subscription. For the GDL 69A, either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID - or both - must be
provided to XM Satellite Radio to activate the weather service and/or entertainment subscriptions.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A.
Either or both services can be activated. XM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an
activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69/69A, allows it to display weather data and/or entertainment
programming.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-1
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
These IDs are located:
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD (Figure 6-1)
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
Activating the XM Satellite Weather and XM Satellite Radio Services:
1) Contact XM Satellite Radio through the email address listed on their website (www.xmradio.com) or by the
customer service phone number listed on the website. Follow the instructions provided by XM Satellite Radio
services.
2) Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Select the fifth rectangular page icon.
4) Press the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
6) Press the DONE Softkey.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘YES’.
8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
XM Satellite Radio activation instructions are also available at www.garmin.com (P/N 190-00355-04).
Audio Radio ID
Data Radio ID
Weather
Products
(Available
Products for
Service Class
Indicated in
Green)
Figure 6-1 XM Information Page
.
6-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
USING XM SATELLITE WEATHER PRODUCTS
The Weather Data Link Page is in the Map group of pages. It is the primary starting point for viewing weather
data because it can display all available XM weather products. No other G1000 page can display all XM weather
products.
When a weather product is active on the Weather Data Link Page or the Navigation Map Page, the age of the
data displays on the screen. This represents the age of the product, based on the difference between when the
data was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time (Figure 6-2). Weather products are refreshed at
specific intervals as defined in the Refresh Rate column in Table 6-1.
If, for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within 30-, 60-, or 90-minute intervals as defined in
the Expiration Time column in Table 6-1, the data is considered expired and is removed from the display.
This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by XM Satellite Radio
services. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed, the color and time displayed in the upper right
corner of the page changes from light blue to yellow.
Figure 6-2 Weather Data Link Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-3
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Table 6-1 shows the weather product symbols, the expiration time and the refresh rate
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
30
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
5
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
60
15
Echo Top
30
7.5
XM Lightning (LTNG)
30
5
Cell Movement (SCIT)
30
12
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)
60
12
METARs
90
12
City Forecast (CITY)
60
12
Surface Analysis (SFC)
60
12
Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)
60
12
Winds Aloft (WIND)
60
12
County Warnings (COUNTY)
60
5
Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE)
60
12
30
60
60
5
12
12
Weather Product
Symbol
NEXRAD
Radar Coverage
TFRs
TAFs
no product image
no product image
no product image
Table 6-1 Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
NOTE: The refresh rate represents the interval at which XM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may
or may not contain new weather data. It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or
new content is received by the Data Link Receiver. Weather data is updated at intervals that are defined
and controlled by XM Satellite Radio and its data vendors.
6-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Table 6-2 shows which XM Satellite Weather products display on specific pages of the MFD and the PFD Inset
Map. The positive symbols represent the presence of this data on the page.
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
+
Echo Top
+
Flight Plan Pages
(except VNAV)
+
Nearest Page Group
+
AUX - Trip Planning
Page
Weather Data Link
Page
+
Weather Information
Page
Navigation Map Page
NEXRAD
PFD Inset Map
Weather Product
+
+
+
XM Lightning (LTNG)
+
+
+
+
+
+
Cell Movement (SCIT)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
SIGMETs/AIRMETs (SIG/AIR)
+
METARs
+
City Forecast (CITY)
+
Surface Analysis (SFC)
+
Freezing Levels (FRZ LVL)
+
Winds Aloft (WIND)
+
County Warnings (COUNTY)
+
Cyclone Warnings (CYCLONE)
+
Radar Coverage
TFRs
+
TAFs
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Table 6-2 Weather Product Display Maps
WEATHER SOFTKEYS
Weather softkeys (Figure 6-3) display at the bottom of the Weather Data Link Page. Softkeys control the
display of weather information on most MFD pages and the PFD Inset Map.
When a weather product is selected for display, the corresponding softkey label changes to gray. This
indicates that the product is enabled. Unavailable weather products have dimmed (disabled) softkey labels.
Figure 6-3 Weather Softkeys (Two Tiers)
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-5
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
LEGEND
Each active weather product has its own legend which displays only on the Weather Data Link Page. Note
that weather product legends are not interchangeable.
Viewing a weather legend:
1) Select the Map Page Group.
2) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
3) Press the LEGEND Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
OR:
On the Weather Data Link Page, press the MENU Key, which displays the Page Menu Options. Turn the FMS
Knob to select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in the window.
5) To return to the previous page and remove the legend window, press the LEGEND Softkey, the ENT or the CLR
Key, or the FMS Knob.
NEXRAD
NOTE: The TOPO and/or TERRAIN display and NEXRAD are mutually exclusive for all applicable maps.
NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar) is a network of 158 high-resolution Doppler radar systems that are
operated by the National Weather Service (NWS). Its technical name is WSR-88D.
NEXRAD data provides centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and
selected overseas locations. The maximum range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 nautical miles. In
addition to a wide array of services, the NEXRAD network provides important information about severe
weather and air traffic safety.
NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection, processing, and dissemination of
NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent
delays and the relative age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never use
NEXRAD data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather. Rather, use it in an early-warning capacity
of pre-departure and enroute evaluation.
6-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-4 NEXRAD Data on the Weather Data Link Page
Press the NEXRAD Softkey to show NEXRAD weather and radar coverage information (Figure 6-4).
NEXRAD data displays on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Weather Data Link Page
• Navigation Map
• Nearest Pages
• Airport Information Page
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Flight Plan Page
Displaying NEXRAD weather information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey. For the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey. This is not necessary on the Weather
Data Link Page.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is composed of
the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded to
indicate the weather severity level.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-7
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link Page. For the NEXRAD legend
(Figure 6-5), press the LEGEND Softkey when NEXRAD is selected for display.
Figure 6-5 NEXRAD Data with Legend
The display of radar coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or ECHO TOPS is selected. The
display indicates the currently available NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops areas in a grayish-purple
color where information is unavailable or is not being collected. This means that the radar capability exists
in the grayish-purple areas, but that it is not active or is off-line.
REFLECTIVITY
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
6-8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD LIMITATIONS
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle. An individual NEXRAD
site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over
the site.
• When zoomed in to a range of 30 nm, each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data
sampled within the area (Figure 6-6).
Block has an Area
of 4 sq. km
Figure 6-6 NEXRAD Data - Zoomed
NEXRAD radar images may display abnormalities:
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-9
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ECHO TOPS
NOTE: Echo Tops is mutually exclusive with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD.
Echo Tops data (Figure 6-7) shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest radar echo. The
highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at
which precipitation is detected. The information is derived from NEXRAD data.
Figure 6-7 Echo Tops Data
Press the ECHO TOP Softkey to show data about the highest radar echo. Note that Cloud Tops and Echo
Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude. Cloud Tops and Echo Tops are mutually exclusive.
When Echo Tops is activated, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops are removed.
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the ECHO TOPS Softkey.
Echo Tops data displays only on the Weather Data Link Page.
6-10
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
To display the Echo Tops legend (Figure 6-8), press the LEGEND Softkey when Echo Tops is selected for
display.
Radar Coverage
Figure 6-8 ECHO TOPS Legend
The display of radar coverage is always active when NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected. The display
indicates the currently available NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops areas in a grayish-purple color where
information is unavailable or is not being collected. This means that the radar capability exists in the grayishpurple areas, but that it is not active or is off-line.
CLOUD TOPS
NOTE: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be turned on at the same time.
Cloud Tops data (Figure 6-9) shows the altitude at the top of the clouds. This is determined from satellite
imagery.
Figure 6-9 Cloud Tops Data
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-11
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the CLOUD TOPS Softkey.
To display the Cloud Tops legend (Figure 6-10), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cloud Tops is selected
for display.
Figure 6-10 Cloud Tops Legend
XM LIGHTNING
Lightning data (Figure 6-11) shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning strikes. Strike
location is shown within a two kilometer region. The exact location of the lightning strike is not displayed.
Lightning
Strikes
Figure 6-11 Lightning Data
6-12
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Press the LTNG or XM LTNG Softkey to show the location of cloud-to-ground lightning strikes. Lightning
data displays on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Weather Data Link Page
• Navigation Map
• Nearest Pages
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Flight Plan Pages (except VNAV)
Displaying XM Lightning information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey. For the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey. This is not necessary for the Weather
Data Link Page.
2) Press the XM LTNG Softkey, or the LTNG Softkey for the Weather Data Link Page.
To display the XM Lightning legend (Figure 6-12), press the LEGEND Softkey when XM Lightning is
selected for display.
Figure 6-12 Lightning Legend
CELL MOVEMENT
Cell Movement data (Figure 6-13) shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by the
ground-based system. The cells are represented by yellow squares, while the movement is represented by
arrows.
Cell Movement data is shown with NEXRAD data on most maps. On the Weather Data Link Page, Cell
Movement data is shown only when selected.
Storm Cells
Figure 6-13 Cell Movement Data
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-13
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Press the CELL MOV Softkey to show the storm cells on the Weather Data Link Page. Using the Navigation
Map Setup Window, Cell Movement data displays on the following maps:
• PFD Inset Map
• Weather Data Link Page
• Navigation Map
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Nearest Pages
Displaying Cell Movement information:
1) Press the MAP Softkey. For the PFD Inset Map, press the INSET Softkey. This is not necessary for the Weather
Data Link Page.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey, or the CEL MOV Softkey for the Weather Data Link Page.
To display the Cell Movement legend, (Figure 6-14), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cell Movement is
selected for display.
Figure 6-14 Cell Movement Legend
SIGMETS AND AIRMETS
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETS (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather that is considered of extreme importance to all aircraft. A
Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather
condition occurring at a localized geographical position. SIGMET and AIRMET data display on the Weather
Data Link Page (Figure 6-15).
Sig/Air Data
Figure 6-15 SIG/AIR Data
6-14
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the Joystick and move it over the icon.
4) Press the ENT key.
To display the SIGMET and AIRMET legend (Figure 6-16), select the LEGEND Softkey when SIGMETs and
AIRMETs are selected for display.
Figure 6-16 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Figure 6-17 shows sample SIGMET text.
Figure 6-17 Sample SIGMET Text
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-15
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
METARS AND TAFS
NOTE: The atmospheric pressure on the METAR is reported in hectopascals everywhere but in the US,
where it is reported in inches of mercury. Temperatures are reported in Celsius. Standard temperature and
atmospheric pressure are 15°C (59°F) and 29.92 in Hg (1013.2 hPa).
NOTE: METAR and City Forecast information is only displayed within the installed aviation database service
area.
METAR (METeorological Aerodrome Report) is the standard format for pre-flight weather briefings. METARs
are updated hourly and are considered current. A typical METAR report contains information about the
temperature, dew point, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. It
can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data. METARs are shown
as colored flags at airports that provide them.
By contrast, the TAF (Terminal Aerodrome Report) is the standard format for 24-hour weather forecasts.
The TAF (Figure 6-18) may contain some METAR data, but it generally covers a smaller area. It typically
forecasts significant weather changes, temporary changes, probable changes, and expected changes in weather
conditions. METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Data Link Page and the Weather Information
Page.
Viewing METAR and TAF text for a selected airport:
1) On the Weather Data Link Page, press the Joystick and pan to the desired airport.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the Weather Information Page with METAR and TAF text.
OR:
1) Select the Weather Information Page and enter the desired airport.
a) Select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Select the first rectangular page icon.
c) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
d) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to display the cursor.
e) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
2) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
3) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page if the airport was selected by
panning from this page.
6-16
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
METAR data is displayed first in a decoded fashion, then as raw text. TAF information is displayed only in
its raw form.
METAR
Text
METAR
Symbol
TAF
Text
Figure 6-18 METAR and TAF Text on the WPT - Weather Information Page
To display the METAR legend (Figure 6-19), press the LEGEND Softkey when METARs are selected for
display.
Figure 6-19 METAR Legend
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-17
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SURFACE ANALYSIS AND CITY FORECAST
NOTE: Surface Analysis and City Forecast information display together. They only display within the installed
Aviation Database service area.
Surface Analysis and City Forecast information is available for current and forecast weather conditions.
Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours (Figure 6-20 - 6-23). Surface Analysis and
City Forecast information display on the Weather Data Link Page.
6-18
Figure 6-20 Current Surface Analysis Data
Figure 6-21 12-Hour Surface Analysis Data
Figure 6-22 36-Hour Surface Analysis Data
Figure 6-23 48-Hour Surface Analysis Data
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the SFC Softkey.
4) Select the forecast time: CURRENT, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to reflect
the forecast time selected.
To display the Surface Analysis (Figure 6-24) and City Forecast legend, press the LEGEND Softkey when
Surface Analysis and City Forecast are selected to be displayed.
Figure 6-24 Surface Analysis Legend
FREEZE LEVEL
Freeze Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the first
isotherm is found (Figure 6-25). When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude has
not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display. New data appears at the next
update.
Figure 6-25 Freeze Level Data
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-19
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying Freeze Level information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
Freeze Level data displays on the Weather Data Link page only. It does not display on other G1000
maps.
To display the Freeze Level legend (Figure 6-26), press the LEGEND Softkey when Freeze Level is
selected to be displayed.
Figure 6-26 Freeze Level Legend
6-20
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
WINDS ALOFT
Winds Aloft data (Figure 6-27) shows the forecasted wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3,000-foot increments up to 42,000 feet MSL.
Displaying Winds Aloft data:
1) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
2) Press the WIND Softkey.
a) Press the SFC Softkey to display the surface wind speed and directions.
b) Press any numbered softkey to display the winds at an altitude in 3,000 foot increments. The WIND Softkey
label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
c) Press the NEXT or PREV Softkey to display additional altitude softkeys.
Figure 6-27 Winds Aloft Data at 27,000 Feet
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-21
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
To display the Winds Aloft legend (Figure 6-28), press the LEGEND Softkey when Winds Aloft is
selected for display.
Figure 6-28- Winds Aloft with Legend
COUNTY
County data (Figure 6-29) provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings from the
National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on fires, tornadoes, severe thunderstorms,
flood conditions, and other natural disasters.
Flood Warning
Icon
Figure 6-29 County Flood Warning
6-22
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying County Warning information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the COUNTY Softkey.
County warnings display only on the Weather Data Link Page. They do not display on other G1000
maps.
To display the County legend (Figure 6-30), press the LEGEND Softkey when County warnings are selected
to be displayed.
Figure 6-30 County Warnings Legend
CYCLONE
Cyclone data shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes) and their projected track. The forecasted
track can be displayed at various time intervals.
Displaying Cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MORE WX Softkey.
3) Press the CYCLONE Softkey.
Cyclone data displays only on the Weather Data Link Page. It does not display on other G1000 maps.
To display the Cyclone legend (Figure 6-31), press the LEGEND Softkey when Cyclones are selected to be
displayed.
Figure 6-31 Cyclone Legend
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-23
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SETTING UP THE WEATHER DATA LINK PAGE
The display of weather data on the Weather Data Link Page can be set up and customized by using the Data
Link Menu (Figure 6-32). Weather legends for all active products can also be accessed from the Data Link
Menu.
Figure 6-32 Data Link Menu
Figure 6-33 shows the Data Link Setup Window. The ‘ON’ and ‘OFF’ settings control the display of weather
products the same way that softkeys do.
Winds Aloft
Data Selected
Figure 6-33 Data Link Setup Window
6-24
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The selected range settings on the Data Link Setup Window control the largest map range at which each
weather product displays on the Weather Data Link Page. Table 6-3 lists every map range option for all XM
Satellite Weather products.
Data
Range Options (in nm unless otherwise indicated)
NEXRAD Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
Echo Top Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
Cloud Top Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
LTNG Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
CELL MOV Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
SIG/AIR
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
METAR Data
1
1.5
2
3
5
8
10
15
20
30
15
80
100
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000
SFC Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
FRZ LVL Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
WND ALF ALT
SURFACE
3000
6000
9000
12000
15000
18000
21000
24000
27000
30000
33000
36000
39000
42000
COUNTY Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
CYCLONE Data
10
15
20
30
50
80
100
150
200
300
500
800
1000
1500
2000
METAR (cont.)
Table 6-3 Map Range Settings
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
1) On the Weather Data Link Page, press the MENU Key.
2) While the Weather Setup selection is highlighted, press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to highlight and move between the products.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to move between the options for each product (for example, ‘Yes’, ‘No’, or Map
Range).
5) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
6) Press the FMS CRSR Knob to return to the Weather Data Link page with the changed settings.
OR:
Press the MENU Key and then the ENT Key to restore the default settings.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-25
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
MAP PANNING ON THE WEATHER DATA LINK PAGE
Map panning (Figure 6-34) moves the map beyond its current limits without adjusting the map range.
Press the Joystick to select the map panning feature.
Information
About Warning
Panning Arrow
Over a Tornado
Warning
Figure 6-34 Panning on the Weather Data Link Page
When map panning is enabled, a panning arrow flashes on the Weather Data Link Page. Panning over
AIRMETs, County Warnings, TFRs (Temporary Flight Restrictions), Echo Tops, METARs, SIGMETs, and
Cell Movement displays text information for the selection. This information is displayed in the same
location as the map pointer information on the Navigation Map Page.
6-26
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SETTING UP XM SATELLITE WEATHER ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
When appropriately configured, the Navigation Map displays NEXRAD, Cell Movement, TFRs, and XM
Lightning data as shown in Figure 6-35. This improves situational awareness and makes it easier to relate
storm activity to airports, NAVAIDS, obstacles, and other ground references.
NEXRAD
Products, Storm
Legend, and Age
NEXRAD
Weather
NEXRAD and XM
Lightning Icons, 800
nm Range
Cell Movement
Indication
Figure 6-35 Navigation Map Displaying NEXRAD Weather
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-27
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
XM SATELLITE WEATHER ON THE NAVIGATION MAP PAGE
Use the Map Setup Window (Figure 6-36) to customize the display of weather data on the Navigation Map
Page. The Map Setup Window settings control the display of weather data on all G1000 pages except the
Weather Data Link Page.
Figure 6-36 Map Setup Options
Setting up and customizing weather data on the Navigation Map Page:
1) On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2) While the ‘Map Setup’ selection is highlighted, press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather
Group’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections.
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
The following options are available:
• NEXRAD DATA – Turns the display of NEXRAD data and radar coverage on or off. Selects the display
range.
• XM LTNG – Turns the display of XM Lightning on or off. Selects the display range.
• CELL MOVEMENT – Turns the display of storm cell movement on or off. Cell Movement is shown only
when NEXRAD is turned on.
6-28
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.2 TAWS
TAWS (Terrain Awareness and Warning System) is an optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid
in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). TAWS satisfies TSO-C151b Class B requirements for certification.
Class B TAWS is required for all Part 91 aircraft operations with six or more passenger seats and for Part 135
turbine aircraft operations with six to nine passenger seats (FAR Parts 91.223, 135.154).
TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold
from the aircraft.
REQUIREMENTS
TAWS requires the following to operate properly:
• The system must have a valid 3-D GPS position solution.
• The system must have a valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database.
LIMITATIONS
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately
processes and cross-validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
TAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft. The displayed alerts and
warnings are advisory in nature only. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database.
However, all obstructions may not be available in the database and data may be inaccurate. Never use this
information for navigation or to maneuver to avoid obstacles.
Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies.
Terrain information should be used as an aid to situational awareness. Never use it for navigation or to
maneuver to avoid terrain.
TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources. The data undergoes verification
by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content, per TSO-C151b. However, the displayed information should
never be understood as being all-inclusive.
COMPUTING GPS ALTITUDE FOR TAWS
TAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS
altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a mean sea level (MSL)-based
altitude (GPS-MSL altitude) and is used to determine TAWS alerts. GPS-MSL altitude accuracy is affected by
factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally
affect pressure altitude devices. GPS-MSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain
and obstacle alerts.
TAWS utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced to mean sea level (MSL). Using the GPS
position and GPS-MSL altitude, TAWS displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative
to the position and altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, the GPS position and GPS-MSL altitude are used to
calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles. In this
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-29
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
manner, TAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions. Detailed alert modes
are described later in this section.
BARO-CORRECTED ALTITUDE VERSUS GPS-MSL ALTITUDE
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local
atmospheric conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating
the altimeter setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmosphere
conditions seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA)
model (where pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected
altitude (as read from the altimeter) to differ from the GPS-MSL altitude. This variation results in the aircraft’s
true altitude differing from the baro-corrected altitude.
USING TAWS
During G1000 power-up, the terrain/obstacle database versions are displayed along with a disclaimer to the
pilot. At the same time, TAWS self-test begins. One of the following aural messages is generated:
• TAWS System Test OK”
• “TAWS System Failure”
TAWS information can be displayed on the following pages:
• TAWS Page
• Navigation Map
• PFD Inset Map
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Flight Plan Pages (except VNAV)
TAWS can also be displayed on the PFD Inset Map by pressing the INSET Softkey, then the TERRAIN
Softkey. TAWS display may also be deselected from the Inset Map without affecting the display on the MFD
maps.
To display TAWS data on any page other than the TAWS Page, press the MAP Softkey, then press the TERRAIN
Softkey. Terrain and obstacles with heights greater than 200 feet above ground level (AGL) are displayed in
three color levels. The G1000 adjusts colors automatically as the aircraft altitude changes.
6-30
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TAWS PAGE
The TAWS Page is in the MAP group of pages and displays the following:
• GPS-derived MSL altitude in increments of 20 feet or 10 meters, depending on unit configuration
• Aircraft ground track
• Terrain Range - Indicates the terrain elevation in colors relative to the aircraft altitude
• Range marking rings (360º View: 1 nm, 1 and 2 nm, 2.5 and 5 nm, 5 and 10 nm, 12.5 and 25 nm, 25 and
50 nm, 50 and 100 nm, 100 and 200 nm) (Arc View: 1 nm, 2 nm, 5 nm, 10 nm, 25 nm, 25 and 50 nm, 25
and 100 nm, 25 and 200 nm)
• Heading Box (North Up, Track Up, DTK Up, HDG Up) - Heading on the TAWS Page displays ‘HDG Up’
map data, unless there is no valid heading
• Obstacles
• Potential Impact Points
Displaying the TAWS Page:
1) Select the NAV Page Group.
2) Select the last rectangular page icon.
3) Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
Red Terrain (Warning
- Terrain Above or
Within 100’ Below
the Aircraft Altitude)
Yellow Terrain
(Caution - Terrain
Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range
Black Terrain (No
Danger - Terrain More
than 1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-37 TAWS Page (360˚ View)
The TAWS Page has two view settings:
• 360˚ View—Displays surrounding terrain on all sides of aircraft (Figure 6-37).
• ARC (120˚) View—Displays terrain ahead of and 60˚ to either side of the aircraft flight path (Figure 6-38).
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-31
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Changing the viewing mode between 360° and Arc:
1) Select the TAWS Page.
2) Press the VIEW Softkey.
3) Press the 360 or ARC Softkey to select the desired view.
OR:
1) Press the MENU Key. The page menu is displayed with either ‘View 120º’ or ‘View 360º’. Press the ENT Key
to change the view.
2)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
Red Terrain (Warning
- Terrain Above or
Within 100’ Below
the Aircraft Altitude)
Map Range
Yellow Terrain
(Caution - Terrain
Between 100’ and
1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Black Terrain (No
Danger - Terrain More
than 1000’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-38 TAWS Page (120˚ View)
6-32
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Other aviation information such as airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDS can be displayed or hidden on the
TAWS Page (Figure 6-39).
Showing or hiding aviation information:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show (or Hide) Aviation Data’ and press the ENT Key.
3) Press the CLR Key to toggle aviation information on or off.
Figure 6-39 TAWS Page Menu
TAWS MANUAL TEST
NOTE: TAWS System Testing is disabled when ground speed exceeds 30 knots in order not to impede TAWS
alerting.
TAWS provides a manual test which verifies the proper operation of the aural and visual annunciations of
the system prior to a flight.
Manually testing the TAWS System:
1) Select the TAWS Page and press the MENU Key.
2) Select the ‘Test TAWS’ option.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
One of the following aural messages is generated:
• “TAWS System Test, OK”
• “TAWS System Failure”
TAWS TEST is annunciated in yellow on the TAWS Page and in white on the PFD.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-33
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TAWS SYMBOLS
The symbols and colors in Figure 6-40 and Table 6-4 are used to represent obstacles and potential impact
points on the TAWS Page. TAWS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain information relative
to aircraft altitude.
Potential Impact Point
Terrain above or
within 100 ft
below the aircraft
altitude
Projected Flight Path
100 ft Threshold
Unlighted Obstacle
1000 ft
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the
aircraft altitude
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude
Figure 6-40 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS
Each color is associated with an alert severity level. Terrain graphics and visual annunciations also use these
color assignments.
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’
AGL
< 1000’
AGL
Obstacle Symbol
Unlighted Obstacle
> 1000’
AGL
> 1000’
AGL
Potential
Impact
Points
Obstacle Location
Alert Level
Obstacle above or within
100’ below current aircraft
altitude
WARNING
Obstacle between 100’ and
1000’ below current aircraft
altitude
CAUTION
Table 6-4 TAWS Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Note that if an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display automatically
zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS Page.
TAWS ALERTS
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS software algorithms.
TAWS alerts typically employ either a CAUTION or a WARNING alert severity level, or both. When an alert is
issued, visual annunciations are displayed. Aural alerts are simultaneously issued.
6-34
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Annunciations appear in the lower right corner of the MFD display (Figure 6-41).
Figure 6-41 Alert Annunciation on the MFD
Annunciations also appear on the PFD (Figure 6-42).
Annunciation
Figure 6-42 ‘Pull Up’ Annunciation on the PFD
The aural alert voice gender is configurable on the AUX - System Setup Page to be either male or female.
Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD.
Figure 6-43 Alert Pop-up
Pop-up terrain alerts (Figure 6-43) can also appear on the MFD during an alert, but only when the TAWS
Page is not displayed. When an alert displays, the pilot can:
•
Press the CLR Key. This acknowledges the pop-up alert and returns to the currently viewed page.
•
Press the ENT Key. This acknowledges the pop-up alert and accesses the TAWS Page.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-35
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Table 6-5 shows the possible TAWS alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages.
NOTE: Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installation-dependent.
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
Alert Type
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
Excessive Descent Rate Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
or
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
or
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
or
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
or
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
or
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
or
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
or
*
*
*
*
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
*
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up’
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
*
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
*
*
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
or
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
*
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
*
*
*
*
*
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
*
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
or
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
*
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Premature Descent Alert Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
Excessive Descent Rate Caution (EDR)
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb Rate Caution (NCR)
or
*
*
“Don’t Sink”
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
* Indicates the default configuration
Table 6-5 TAWS Alerts Summary
6-36
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Table 6-6 shows system status annunciations that may also be issued:
PFD/MFD TAWS
Page
Annunciation
MFD
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
TAWS System Test Fail
None
“TAWS System Failure”
TAWS Alerting is disabled
None
None
No GPS position or excessively degraded
GPS signal
None
“TAWS Not Available”
“TAWS Available” is generated when sufficient
GPS signal is re-established.
System Test in progress
None
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
Alert Type
None
System Test pass
Table 6-6 Additional System Annunciations
FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) alert is used by TAWS and is composed of:
• RTC AND ROC
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) alerts are
issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum clearance
values in Table 6-7. When an RTC alert is issued, a potential impact point is displayed on the TAWS
Page.
• ITI AND IOI
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft
is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI and IOI alerts are
accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the
projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in Table 6-7.
Phase of Flight
Enroute
Terminal
Approach
Departure
Minimum Clearance
Minimum Clearance
Altitude Level Flight (ft) Altitude Descending (ft)
700
500
350
300
150
100
100
100
Table 6-7 Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values for FLTA Alerts
During the final approach phase of flight, FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is
below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0
nm of the runway threshold.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-37
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PREMATURE DESCENT ALERTING
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below
the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 6-44).
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 nm of the destination airport. PDA alerting ends when
the aircraft is either:
• 0.5 nm from the runway threshold
OR
• at or below an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 nm of the threshold.
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
700
600
500
400
300
PDA Alerting Area
200
100
Runway 1
Threshold
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Distance From Destination Airport (nm)
Figure 6-44 PDA Alerting Threshold
TAWS INHIBIT
TAWS also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and visual alerts. Pilots should use
discretion when inhibiting TAWS and always remember to enable the system when appropriate. Only the
PDA and FLTA alerts are disabled in the inhibit mode. For more information, see the section on TAWS
alerts.
Inhibiting and enabling TAWS:
1) Select the TAWS Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. ‘Inhibit TAWS’ or ‘Enable TAWS’ is highlighted.
3) Press the ENT Key. The TAWS system is inhibited or enabled, depending on the previous status. The annunciation
is displayed in the terrain annunciator field whenever terrain is inhibited.
6-38
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
EXCESSIVE DESCENT RATE ALERT
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable notification when the aircraft is
determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at an excessive speed. Figure 6-45 shows the parameters
for the alert as defined by TSO-C151b.
6000
5500
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
5000
4500
E"
AT
R
K
4000
IN
"S
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
"PULL UP"
1000
500
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
Descent Rate (FPM)
Figure 6-45 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
NEGATIVE CLIMB RATE AFTER TAKEOFF ALERT (NCR)
The purpose of the Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After
Takeoff”) is to provide suitable alerts to the pilot when the system determines that the aircraft is losing altitude
(closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by
an annunciation and a pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing from
an airport and when the following conditions are met:
• The height above the terrain is less than 700 feet.
• The distance from the departure airport is 2 nm or less.
• The heading change from the heading at the time of departure is less than 110 degrees.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-39
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Figure 6-46 shows the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151b.
1000
800
600
400
“DON’T SINK”
200
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Altitude Loss (Feet)
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
“DON’T SINK”
300
200
100
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
Sink Rate (Feet Per Minute)
Figure 6-46 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Alert Criteria
FIVE-HUNDRED AURAL ALERT
The purpose of the aural alert message “Five-hundred” is to provide an advisory alert to the pilot that the
aircraft is 500 feet above terrain. When the aircraft descends within 500 feet of terrain, the aural message
“five-hundred” is generated. There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the aural
message.
TAWS NOT AVAILABLE ALERT
TAWS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the
navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
‘TAWS N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS Page. The aural message “TAWS Not
Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is re-established and the aircraft is within the database coverage
area, the aural message “TAWS Available” is generated.
TAWS FAILURE ALERT
TAWS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status, and
GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is
generated along with a ‘TAWS FAIL’ annunciation.
6-40
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.3 TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE (TIS)
WARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory use only. TIS is intended to help the
pilot locate traffic visually. It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TIS-capable terminal radar
site. Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS.
Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication.
NOTE: TIS is disabled when a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is installed.
TIS SYMBOLOGY
Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help pilots detect and avoid aircraft intersecting their flight
paths. TIS uses the Mode S transponder for the traffic data link.
TIS receives traffic information from ground stations and provides a five-second update rate. The G1000
displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5-nm radius, from 3000 feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting
aircraft. Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols (Table 6-8).
TIS Symbol
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Table 6-8 TIS Symbol Descriptions
Proximity Advisories (PAs) are defined as traffic within the 5.0-nm range, within ±1200 feet of altitude
separation. They are not Traffic Advisories (TA), which alert the crew to intruding aircraft. When traffic meets
the advisory criteria for the TA, a solid yellow circle symbol is generated.
The altitude difference between your aircraft and other aircraft is displayed either above or below the traffic
symbol in hundreds of feet. If the other aircraft is above your aircraft, the altitude data displays above the traffic
symbol. If the other aircraft is below your aircraft, the altitude data displays below the traffic symbol.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-41
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Altitude trend is displayed as an up or down arrow (±500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target
symbol. If the altitude trend is less than 500 fpm in either direction, no arrow displays. TIS also provides a
vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving, to the nearest 45°.
Operating
Mode
Non-Threat
Traffic
Proximity Advisory,
Aircraft is 1700’
Above and
Descending - Moving
in the Direction of
the Vector Line
Non-Threat
Traffic
Traffic Advisory,
“Non-Bearing” Traffic (System is Unable
Aircraft is 400’
to Determine Bearing), Aircraft Distance
Below and Climbing
is 8.0 nm, 1100’ Above and Descending
Figure 6-47 Traffic Map Page - Advisories
TIS also displays non-bearing traffic, or traffic for which it is unable to determine the bearing. Non-bearing
traffic alert messages display in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA
Traffic information can be displayed on the following pages:
• Traffic Map Page
• Navigation Map
• WPT - VOR Information Page
• PFD Inset Map
6-42
• AUX - Trip Planning Page
• Nearest Pages
• FPL - Active Flight Plan Page
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
To display traffic on any page other than the Traffic Map Page, press the MAP Softkey, followed by the TRAFFIC
Softkey.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Select the Map Page Group.
2) Select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘TIS OPERATING’ is displayed in the upper left corner of
the page. Alternatively, press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. ‘TIS STANDBY’
displays in the upper left corner of the page.
4) Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area. Map ranges
are 2 nm, 6 nm, and 12 nm.
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
The Traffic Map Page is in the Map Group and displays the following information:
• Current aircraft location
• Surrounding TIS traffic
• Range marking rings - The range at which traffic is being displayed on the Traffic Map Page
• Current traffic mode - Indicates if TIS is in Standby or Operate mode
• Traffic alert message - Displays in yellow in the center of the Traffic Map Page
• Traffic status banner - Displays in the lower left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Current Traffic
Mode
Range
Marking
Rings
Surrounding Traffic
Surrounding
Traffic
Traffic Status Banner
Surrounding Traffic
Figure 6-48 Traffic Map Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Surrounding Traffic
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-43
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
CURRENT TRAFFIC MODE
STANDBY AND OPERATE
Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to Operating mode. The G1000 displays ‘TIS
OPERATING’ in the upper left corner and begins to display traffic on the Traffic Map Page. TIS Traffic
Advisories (TA) are issued to alert the crew to intruding aircraft.
Once the aircraft is on the ground, TIS switches from operating mode to standby mode. The Traffic Map
Page displays ‘STANDBY’. The pilot can use the page menu or softkeys to switch between Standby (STBY)
and Operating (ON) modes and manually override automatic operation.
Switching between operating modes:
1) Select the Map Page Group.
2) Select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Press the STANDBY or OPERATE Softkey to switch between modes. ‘TIS STANDBY’ or ‘TIS OPERATING’ is
displayed in the status box in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
OR:
1) Press the MENU Key. The page menu displays ‘Standby Mode’ or ‘Operate Mode’.
2) Press the ENT Key.
6-44
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TRAFFIC ALERT MESSAGES
TIS POWER-UP TEST
The G1000 performs and automatic test during power-up. If TIS passes the power-up test, the standby screen
displays on the Traffic Map Page. If the aircraft is airborne during the test, traffic displays on the Traffic Map
Page.
If TIS fails the power up test, one of the following traffic alert messages display in yellow in the center of the
screen:
• NO DATA - Data is not being received from the transponder.
• DATA FAILED - Data is being received from the transponder, but a failure was detected in the data stream.
• FAILED - The transponder has failed.
• UNAVAILABLE - The traffic service is unavailable or out of range
Contact the service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action all of these messages, except the UNAVAILABLE
message.
TIS Has
Failed
No Data Being Received
from Transponder
Figure 6-49 Traffic Map Page Power-up Test
AUDIO ALERTS
An audio alert is generated whenever the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan
to the next. This reduces the amount of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft. For example, when the
first TA is displayed, an aural alert is generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display, no additional
alerts are generated. If a second TA appears on the display, a new audio alert is generated. If the number
of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases, another audio alert is generated.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-45
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
An audio alert is also generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable. The volume of the audio alert
is configured during installation.
The following alerts are available:
• Traffic - Traffic alert is received
• Traffic Not Available - TIS is not available or out of range
TRAFFIC STATUS BANNER
The traffic status is indicated in the Traffic Status Banner in the lower left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
More than one message can display at a time.
The following messages can display:
• AGE - If traffic data is not refreshed within six seconds, an age indicator (‘AGE MM:SS’) displays in the
lower left corner. If data is not received after another six seconds, the traffic is removed from the display.
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced as the age increases.
• TRFC COAST - The displayed data is not current. It has been 12 to 60 seconds since the last message. The
quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message displays.
• TRFC RMVD - Traffic has been removed because it is too old to coast It has been 12 to 60 seconds since
the last message. There may be traffic, but it is not displayed.
• TA OFF SCALE - A traffic advisory is outside the selected display range. The off range banner is removed
when the traffic comes within the selected display range.
• TRFC FAIL - Traffic data has failed.
• NO TRFC DATA - Traffic has not been detected.
• TRFC UNAVAIL - The traffic service is unavailable or out of range.
6-46
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NAVIGATION MAP PAGE
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map:
1) On the Navigation Map, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Setup’ selected (Figure 6-50), press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Traffic’
(Figure 6-51), and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections.
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
The following options are available (Figure 6-51):
• TRAFFIC – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• TRAFFIC MODE – Selects the traffic mode for display on the Navigation Map. Select from:
• All Traffic - Displays all traffic
• TA/PA - Displays Traffic Alerts and Proximity Advisories
• TA ONLY - Displays Traffic Alerts only
• TRAFFIC SMBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown on the Navigation Map
(from 500 ft to 300 nm)
• TRAFFIC LBL – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels display (from 500 ft to 300 nm, with the
option to disable)
Figure 6-50 Page Menu
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-47
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-51 Map Setup Menu
TIS LIMITATIONS
While the G1000 does not display indications for TIS availability, the service may be unavailable in the
radar coverage areas for any of the following reasons:
• Radar Out – The radar site may be out of service. If the TIS Mode S sensor is not operational, TIS is not
available.
• Out of Radar Range – Traffic beyond the maximum Mode S site range is not shown. If your own aircraft
or any other traffic is beyond the range of the TIS capable Mode S site, TIS is not available.
• Radar Cone of Silence – Whether your own aircraft or the other traffic is above the radar site in the cone
of silence and out of range of an adjacent site, TIS data is not received.
• Below Radar Coverage – If your aircraft or the other traffic is below radar coverage, it is not seen. In flat
terrain, the coverage extends from about 3000 feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and obstacles around the
radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all directions.
• No Transponder – Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to TIS. Aircraft without altitude
reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent indication.
6-48
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Operating
Mode
Traffic Advisory, Aircraft is 400’ Above and
Descending, Moving in the Direction of the Line
Traffic Out of
Range
Traffic Banner
Last Data Older
Proximity Traffic at Same
than 6 Seconds,
Altitude, Level Flight and
Resulting in
Moving in the Direction of the
Coast Mode
Line
Traffic 1600’ Above and
Climbing, Moving in the
Direction of the Line
Figure 6-52 Traffic Map Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-49
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.4 L-3 SKYWATCH TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM (SKY497) (OPTIONAL)
NOTE: SKYWATCH Traffic Advisory System (TAS) takes priority over TIS services. If SKYWATCH is installed,
no TIS data is displayed.
USER-INITIATED TEST
SKYWATCH performs an initial self-test at power-up. In addition, it performs a continuous self-test several
times per minute. Refer to the L-3 Skywatch Pilot’s Guide for a detailed discussion of the SKY497 TAS
System.
Performing a user-initiated test:
1) With SKYWATCH in ‘Standby’ or ‘Failed’ mode, press the TEST Softkey.
2) If SKYWATCH successfully completes the test, the aural message “Traffic Alert System Test Passed” is generated.
SKYWATCH transitions to OPERATE mode.
3) If a failure is detected during the test, the aural message “Traffic Alert System Test Failed” is generated. The unit
reverts to STANDBY mode.
4) If the test fails, press the TEST Softkey again.
5) If the self-test fails again, refer to the L-3 Skywatch Pilot’s Guide.
Figure 6-53 shows the Traffic Map symbols that display when a user-initiated test is completed successfully:
Figure 6-53 User-Initiated Test Results
6-50
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SKYWATCH TAS SYMBOLOGY
SKYWATCH uses the following Traffic Map symbols (Table 6-9):
TIS Symbol
Description
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Table 6-9 TAS Symbol Descriptions
SWITCHING FROM STANDBY MODE
The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed. The ability to switch out of standby into
operating mode on the ground is especially useful for scanning the airspace around the airport before
takeoff.
Switching to operating mode from standby mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, press the OPERATE Softkey.
OR:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Operating Mode’.
3) If ‘Operating Mode’ is selected from the FMS menu, press the ENT Key to confirm and place SKYWATCH in
operating mode.
4) To switch to Standby Mode from the Traffic Page, press the STANDBY Softkey.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-51
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ALTITUDE DISPLAY MODE
Changing the altitude display mode:
1) On the Traffic Page, press the ALT MODE Softkey.
2) Press one of the following softkeys:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNREST
3) Press the BACK Softkey to return to the main Traffic Page.
OR:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following:
•
BELOW
•
NORMAL
•
ABOVE
•
UNRESTRICTED
3) Press the ENT Softkey.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Select the Map Page Group.
2) Select the second rectangular page icon.
3) Press the OPERATE Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘TAS OPERATING’ is displayed in the upper left corner of
the page.
4) Press the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume.
5) Select the desired altitude volume by pressing the BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNREST (unrestricted) Softkey.
The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field in the upper left.
6) Press the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. ‘TAS STANDBY’ displays in the upper left
corner of the page.
7) Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to display a smaller area.
6-52
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE DISPLAY RANGE
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the RANGE Knob.
2) The following range options are available:
•
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
Operating
Mode
Altitude
Mode
Traffic Advisory, Aircraft is
400’ Below and Climbing
“Non-Bearing” Traffic (System is Unable
to Determine Bearing), Distance is 8.0 nm,
1100’ Above and Descending
Traffic, Out of
Range
Proximity Traffic,
1000’ Above and
Descending
Figure 6-54 Traffic Map Page
NOTE: SKYWATCH altitude display range is indicated in hundreds of feet relative to the aircraft. In Figure
6-54, SKYWATCH indicates that the non-bearing intruder aircraft is at 1100 feet above the aircraft and
descending.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
6-53
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying traffic on the Navigation Map:
1) Ensure that SKYWATCH is operating.
2) With the Navigation Map displayed, press the MAP Softkey.
3) Press the TRAFFIC Softkey. Traffic displays on the Navigation Map (Figure 6-55).
Traffic Advisory
Non-Threat
Non-Bearing
Traffic Off
Traffic
Traffic Advisories Scale Banner
Figure 6-55 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
6-54
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual (AFM) for the installed autopilot.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
7-1
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
BLANK PAGE
7-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.1 XM DIGITAL AUDIO ENTERTAINMENT (OPTIONAL)
NOTE: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance section for more information about XM Weather products.
NOTE: XM Radio audio is interrupted during aircraft audible stall warning.
The optional XM Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for the pilot’s and
passengers’ enjoyment. XM Radio can be received by subscription throughout the Continental U.S. Entertainment
audio is not available on the GDL 69 Data Link Receiver. The XM Radio entertainment feature of the Data Link
Receiver is explained in this section.
XM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICE
XM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions. Visit
www.xmradio.com for more information about XM Radio.
Entertainment audio must be set up with the MFD softkeys.
If problems occur, ensure that the owner/operator of the aircraft has subscribed to XM Radio service, and that
the XM subscription has been activated. If a failure still exists, elementary diagnostic checks of the datalink
receiver system are explained in Abnormal Operation at the end of this section.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
8-1
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
XM SERVICE ACTIVATION
NOTE: The DONE Softkey on the XM Information Page (Auxiliary Page Group) is used to save GDL 69A
activation data when the XM services are initially set up. It is not used during normal XM Radio operation,
but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently selected during flight. Refer to the GDL 69/69A XM
Satellite Radio Activation Instructions (190-00355-04, Rev F or later) for further information.
The XM Information Page provides XM Radio identification numbers, service level, and weather products.
Selecting the XM Information Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AUX - XM Information Page (fifth page of six in the AUX Group). RADIO
and INFO Softkeys are displayed.
3) Press the INFO Softkey to show Radio IDs, Service Class, and Weather Products.
Data
Radio ID
Audio
Radio ID
Weather
Products
Window
RADIO
and INFO
Softkeys
Figure 8-1 XM Information Page
DONE Softkey
is Used to Save
Activation Data
During Initial Setup
Each Data Link Receiver is assigned unique Data and Audio Radio IDs that allow XM to communicate with
the receiver. To activate XM service, the appropriate Radio ID(s) must be provided to XM to authorize the
installed services for that receiver. If XM weather services have not been activated, all the weather product
boxes are cleared on the XM Information Page and a yellow ‘Activation Required’ message shows up in the
center of the Weather Data Link Page (Map Page Group).
The ‘Service Class’ refers to the groupings of weather products available for subscription.
8-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
USING XM RADIO
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the XM Satellite
Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX - XM Information Page.
3) Press the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled.
Active
Channel
Channel
List
Volume
Field
Categories
Field
Figure 8-2 XM Radio Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
8-3
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CHANNEL LIST
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the XM Radio
is using.
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category.
Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number.
Stepping through channels one at a time:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
OR:
2) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels.
3) Press the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or move down the list with the
CH – Softkey.
Selecting a channel directly:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the CHNL Softkey.
2) Press the DIR CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box will be highlighted.
3) Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel
number.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
8-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CATEGORY
The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories of
channels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other
contents. One of the optional categories is ‘PRESETS’ to view channels that have been programmed.
Selecting a category:
1) Select the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
OR:
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Categories’ list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS
Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting ‘All Categories’ places all channels in the list.
Figure 8-3 Categories List
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
8-5
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
PRESETS
Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected by
pressing the PRESETS and MORE Softkeys. Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to
the channel list for the Presets category.
Setting a preset channel number:
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, press the PRESETS
Softkey to access the first five preset channels (PS1 - PS5).
2) Press the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels (PS6 – PS10), and again to access the last five
channels (PS11 – PS15). Pressing the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels.
3) Press any one of the (PS1 - PS15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel.
4) Press the SET Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset.
Press PRESETS to
Access the Preset
Channels Softkeys
Press MORE to Cycle
Through the Preset
Channels
Press SET to
Save Each
Preset Channel
Figure 8-4 Accessing and Selecting XM Preset Channels
VOLUME
Radio volume is shown as a percentage. Volume level is controlled by pressing the VOL Softkey, which
brings up the MUTE Softkey and the volume increase and decrease softkeys.
Adjusting the volume:
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the VOL Softkey.
2) Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to increase volume. (Once the VOL
Softkey is pressed, the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
3) Press the MUTE Softkey to mute the audio. Press the MUTE Softkey again to unmute the audio.
Figure 8-5 Volume Control
8-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.2 ABNORMAL OPERATION
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
First, ensure that the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed
to XM Radio, and that the XM subscription is activated. Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure
that power is applied to the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver. If a failure still exists, review the messages listed in
Table 8-1. The advisory messages may provide insight to a possible failure.
For troubleshooting purposes, the Status, Serial Number, and Software Version numbers for the Data Link
Receiver are displayed in the LRU Information Window on the System Status Page.
Selecting the System Status Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Status Page.
Figure 8-6 LRU Information Window on System Status Page
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
8-7
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Alerts Window Message
CHECK ANTENNA
UPDATING
NO SIGNAL
LOADING
OFF AIR
--ACTIVATION REQUIRED
GDL69A CONFIG
GDL69A FAIL
Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error, service is required
Data Link Receiver is updating Encryption Code
Loss of Signal Message appears on XM Radio Page and on Weather Data Link
Page, when the signal strength is too low for the receiver
Acquiring Channel Audio or information
Channel not in service
Missing Channel Information
XM Data Link Receiver is not activated
Data Link Receiver configuration error, service is required
Data Link Receiver has failed, service is required
Table 8-1 GDL 69A Data Link Receiver Advisory Messages
8-8
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
NOTE: The Kodiak 100 aircraft Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) supersedes information found in this
document.
The G1000 Alerting System conveys alerts to the pilot using a combination of the following items:
• Annunciation Window: The Annunciation Window displays abbreviated annunciation text. Text color is based
on alert levels described later in the Alert Levels Definitions section. The Annunciation Window is located
to the right of the Altitude and Vertical Speed boxes on the display. All The Kodiak 100 annunciations can
be displayed simultaneously in the Annunciation Window. A white horizontal line separates annunciations
that are acknowledged from annunciations that are not yet acknowledged. Higher priority annunciations are
displayed towards the top of the window. Lower priority annunciations are displayed towards the bottom of
the window.
• Alerts Window: The Alerts Window displays alert text messages. Up to 64 prioritized alert messages can be
displayed in the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS Softkey displays the Alerts Window. Pressing the ALERTS
Softkey a second time removes the Alerts Window from the display. When the Alerts Window is displayed, the
pilot can use the large FMS Knob to scroll through the alert message list.
• Softkey Annunciation: During certain alerts, the ALERTS Softkey may appear as a flashing annunciation to
accompany an alert. The ALERTS Softkey assumes a new label consistent with the alert level (WARNING,
CAUTION, or ADVISORY). By pressing the softkey annunciation, the pilot acknowledges awareness of the
alert. The softkey then returns to the previous ALERTS label. If alerts are still present, the ALERTS label will
be displayed in inverse video (white background with black text). The pilot can press the ALERTS Softkey a
second time to view alert text messages.
• System Annunciations: Typically, a large red ‘X’ appears in windows when a failure is detected in the LRU providing
the information to the window. See the G1000 System Annunciations section for more information.
• Audio Alerting System: The G1000 system issues audio alert tones when specific system conditions are met.
See the Alert Levels Definitions section for more information.
System
Annunciation
Red ‘X’
Annunciation
Window
Alerts Window
ALERTS Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-1 G1000 Alerting System
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-1
APPENDIX A
ALERT LEVEL DEFINITIONS
The G1000 Alerting System, as installed in The Kodiak 100 aircraft, uses three alert levels.
• WARNING: This level of alert requires immediate pilot attention. A warning alert is annunciated in the
Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a continuous aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation
Window is RED. A warning alert is also accompanied by a flashing WARNING Softkey annunciation, as
shown in Figure A-2. Pressing the WARNING Softkey acknowledges the presence of the warning alert and
stops the aural tone, if applicable.
• CAUTION: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require
pilot intervention. A caution alert is annunciated in the Annunciation Window and is accompanied by a single
aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation Window is YELLOW. A caution alert is also accompanied
by a flashing CAUTION Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-3. Pressing the CAUTION Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the caution alert.
• MESSAGE ADVISORY: This level of alert provides general information to the pilot. A message advisory
alert does not issue annunciations in the Annunciation Window. Instead, message advisory alerts only
issue a flashing ADVISORY Softkey annunciation, as shown in Figure A-4. Pressing the ADVISORY Softkey
acknowledges the presence of the message advisory alert and displays the alert text message in the Alerts
Window.
Figure A-2 WARNING Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-3 CAUTION Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-4 ADVISORY Softkey
Annunciation
AIRCRAFT ALERTS
The following alerts are configured specifically for the The Kodiak 100 aircraft. See the Kodiak 100 Pilot’s
Operating Handbook (POH) for information regarding pilot responses.
WARNING ALERTS
Annunciation Window Text
BETA
OIL PRES LO
FUEL OFF
RESERVE FUEL
CO LVL HIGH
OIL PRES LOW
A-2
Alerts Window Message
Beta operation is active while airborne.
Oil pressure is below TDB psi.
Fuel cutoff switch is active.
Reserve fuel is in use.
Carbon Monoxide level is too high.
Low oil pressure.
Audio Alert/(Repeating)
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Chime
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
CAUTION ALERTS
Annunciation Window Text
ALTERNATOR
CARGO DOOR
EMER PWR LVR
FLAP FAIL
Alerts Window Message
Alternator failed.
Cargo door is not closed and locked.
Emergency power lever is active.
TBD
Audio Alert
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
FUEL LO L
Left fuel quantity less than TBD gal.
Single Chime
FUEL LO R
Right fuel quantity less than TBD gal.
Single Chime
Left and right fuel quantities less than TBD gal.
Fuel pressure less than TBD psi.
Generator failed.
Standby power is active.
On-board voltage is below TBD V.
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
Single Chime
FUEL LO L-R
FUEL PRES LO
GEN FAIL
STBY PWR ON
VOLTAGE LO
ANNUNCIATION ADVISORY
Annunciation Window Text
AUX PUMP ON
BETA
DE-ICE PR HI
FOD DOOR BP
IGNITION ON
PITO FL L
PITO FL R
PITO FL L-R
STARTER ON
Alerts Window Message
Auxiliary fuel pump is on.
Beta operation is active.
De-icing fluid pressure is greater than TBD psi.
FOD door is in bypass position
Engine ignition is active.
Left pitot heat is inoperative.
Right pitot heat is inoperative.
Left and right pitot heat are inoperative.
Engine starter is active.
Audio Alert
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
NORMAL OPERATING ANNUNCIATION
Annunciation Window Text
FOD DOOR NRM
PITO OFF L
PITO OFF R
PITO OFF L-R
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Alerts Window Message
FOD door is in normal position.
Left pitot heat is off.
Right pitot heat is off.
Left and right pitot heat are off.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
Audio Alert
None
None
None
None
A-3
APPENDIX A
MESSAGE ADVISORY ALERTS
Alerts Window Message
GIA FAN FAIL – The cooling fan for the GIAs is inoperative.
PFD1 FAN FAIL – The cooling fan for PFD1 is inoperative.
PFD2 FAN FAIL – The cooling fan for PFD2 is inoperative.
MFD FAN FAIL – The cooling fan for the MFD is inoperative.
Audio Alert
None
None
None
None
G1000 SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
When a new alert is issued, the ALERT Softkey will flash to alert the pilot of a new message. It will continue
to flash until acknowledged by pressing the softkey. Active alerts are displayed in white text. Alerts that have
become inactive will change to gray text. The ALERT Softkey will flash if the state of a displayed alert changes
or a new alert is displayed. The inactive alerts can be removed from the Alert Window by pressing the flashing
ALERT Softkey.
The G1000 System Messages convey messages to the pilot regarding problems with the G1000 system. When
an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated with the failed data.
The following section describes various system annunciations. Refer to the POH for additional information
regarding pilot responses to these annunciations.
A-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
NOTE: Upon power-up of the G1000 system, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to
initialize. All windows should be operational within one minute of power-up. Should any window continue
to remain flagged, the G1000 system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
GRS 77 AHRS
OR
GMU 44
Magnetometer
GEA 71 Engine
Airframe Unit
OR
GIA 63/W
Integrated
Avionics Unit
GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units
GDC 74A Air
Data Computer
Figure A-5 G1000 System Failure Annunciations
GTX 33 Transponder
OR
GIA 63/W Integrated
Avionics Units
NOTE: Upon power-up, certain windows remain invalid as G1000 equipment begins to initialize. All windows
should be operational within one minute of power-up. If any window continues to remain flagged, the
G1000 System should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
System Annunciation
Comment
Attitude and Heading Reference System is aligning.
Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-5
APPENDIX A
System Annunciation
Comment
Display system is not receiving airspeed input from air data computer.
Display is not receiving altitude input from the air data computer.
Display is not receiving vertical speed input from the air data computer.
Display is not receiving valid heading input from AHRS.
GPS information is either not present or is invalid for navigation use.
Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs during normal operation. AHRS operation may
be degraded if GPS signals are not present (see AFMS).
Display is not receiving valid transponder information.
Other Various Red X Indications
A-6
A red ‘X’ through any other display field, such as engine instrumentation fields,
indicates that the field is not receiving valid data.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
TIS VOICE ALERTS
The following voice alerts can be configured for ‘Male’ or ‘Female’ gender by using the Aux System Setup Page on the
MFD.
Voice Alert
“Traffic”
Alert Trigger
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is
issued.
“Traffic Not
Available”
Played when the traffic system fails or cannot communicate.
NOTE: Voice alerts are provided to the G1000 by GIA 63/W #1. Should this unit fail, audio and voice alerts will no
longer be available.
G1000 SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES
This section describes various G1000 system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRU
or an LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red ‘X’ annunciation
as shown previously in the G1000 System Annunciation section.
NOTE: This Section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by
the system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities
must be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The The Kodiak 100
Pilot’s Operating Handbook (POH) takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-7
APPENDIX A
MFD & PFD Message Advisories
Message
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
SW MISMATCH – GDU software
mismatch. Xtalk is off.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software mismatch.
Communication halted.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD2 COOLING – PFD2 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD1 “KEY” KEYSTK – Key is stuck.
PFD2 “KEY” KEYSTK – Key is stuck.
MFD1 “KEY” KEYSTK – Key is stuck.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1 configuration
module is inoperative.
A-8
Comments
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings.
The pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFD with preferred settings, if desired.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each other. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD self-test has detected a problem. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The MFD and PFD have different software versions installed. The G1000 system
should be serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The PFD and/or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming
the display. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the PFD and/or MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several times. The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists.
The PFD configuration module backup memory has failed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
MFD & PFD Message Advisories (Cont.)
Message
Comments
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low voltThe PFD1 voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
age. Reducing power usage.
PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low voltThe PFD2 voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
age. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low voltThe MFD1 voltage is low. The G1000 system should be serviced.
age. Reducing power usage.
Database Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
Comments
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 aviation
database error exists.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the aviation database. Attempt to reload
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 aviation
the aviation database. If problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 aviation
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 basemap
database error exists.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 basemap
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database.
database error exists.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 basemap
database error exists.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
The MFD and/or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terPFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain database
rain card is properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the
error exists.
G1000 system should be serviced.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain database
error exists.
DB MISMATCH – Aviation database
The PFD and MFD have different aviation database versions installed. Crossfill is off.
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
Install correct aviation database version in both displays.
DB MISMATCH – Aviation database
The PFD and MFD have different aviation database types installed (Americas, European, etc.). Crossfill is off. Install correct aviation database type in both displays.
type mismatch. Xtalk is off.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-9
APPENDIX A
Database Message Advisories (Cont.)
Alerts Window Message
DB MISMATCH – Basemap database
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database
type mismatch. Xtalk is off.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle database
version mismatch. Xtalk is off
DB MISMATCH – Airport Terrain
database mismatch. Xtalk is off
Comments
The PFD and MFD have different basemap database versions installed. Crossfill is
off. Install correct basemap database version in both displays.
The PFD and MFD have different terrain database versions installed. Crossfill is off.
Install correct terrain database version in both displays.
The PFD and MFD have different terrain database types installed. Crossfill is off.
Install correct terrain database type in both displays.
The PFD and MFD have different obstacle database versions installed. Crossfill is off.
Install correct obstacle database version in both displays.
The PFD and MFD have different airport terrrain databases installed. Crossfill is off.
Install correct airport terrain database in both displays.
GMA 1347 Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative.
Comments
Number 1 audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GMA2 FAIL – GMA2 is inoperative.
Number 2 audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 configuration Number 1 audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration
error. Config service req’d.
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2 configuration Number 2 audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration
error. Config service req’d.
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
MANIFEST – GMA1 software
Number 1 audio panel has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
mismatch. Communication halted.
serviced.
MANIFEST – GMA2 software
Number 2 audio panel has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
mismatch. Communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
Number 1 audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio
service. Return unit for repair.
functions may still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The G1000
system should be serviced when possible.
GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs
Number 2 audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio
service. Return unit for repair.
functions may still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The G1000
system should be serviced when possible.
BACKUP PATH – Audio panel 1 using
The #1 audio panel is using a backup communication path. The G1000 system
backup data path.
should be serviced when possible.
A-10
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
GIA 63 Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
Comments
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 temperature
too low.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to
warm up to operating temperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 temperature
too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the G1000
system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The G1000
system should be serviced.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
There is a hardware mismatch between GIA1 and GIA2. The G1000 system should
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. Communication halted.
be serviced.
MANIFEST – GIA1 software mismatch.
Communication halted.
The GIA1 and/or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should
MANIFEST – GIA2 software mismatch. be serviced.
Communication halted.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and/or COM2. The
Reducing transmitter power.
transmitter will operate at reduced power. If the problem persists, the G1000 system
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
should be serviced.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM1 and/or COM2. COM1 and/or COM2 may
still be usable. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-11
APPENDIX A
GIA 63 Message Advisories (Cont.)
Alerts Window Message
Comments
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk key
The COM1 and/or COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or
is stuck.
“pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk key
If the problem persists, the G1000 system should be serviced.
is stuck.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
The COM1 and/or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) positransfer key is stuck.
tion. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists,
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
the G1000 system should be serviced.
transfer key is stuck.
RAIM UNAVAIL – RAIM is not
GPS satellite coverage is insufficient to perform Receiver Autonomous Integrity
available from FAF to MAP waypoints.
Monitoring (RAIM) from the FAF to the MAP waypoints.
RAIM UNAVAIL – RAIM is not
GPS satellite coverage is insufficient to perform Receiver Autonomous Integrity
available.
Monitoring (RAIM) for the current phase of flight.
POSN ERROR – RAIM has determined When a RAIM position error is detected, GPS is flagged and the system no longer
GPS position is in error.
provides GPS-based guidance.
DGRD GPS ACC – GPS position
GPS position accuracy has been degraded and RAIM is not available.
accuracy degraded & RAIM unavailable.
GPS1 FAIL – GPS1 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver is
unavailable. The G1000 system should be serviced.
GPS2 FAIL – GPS2 is inoperative.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
A-12
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and/or NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
GIA 63 Message Advisories (Cont.)
Alerts Window Message
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
Comments
The remote NAV1 and/or NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists,
the G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The G1000
system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and/or receiver 2. The receiver
may still be available. The G1000 system should be serviced when possible.
GEA 71 Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
BACKUP PATH – EIS using backup
data path.
Comments
The GEA 71 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GEA 71 is using a backup communication path. The G1000 system should be
serviced when possible.
GTX 33 Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config error.
Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GTX1 software mismatch.
Communication halted.
BACKUP PATH – XPDR1 using backup
data path.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #1 transponder is using a backup communications path. The G1000 system
should be serviced when possible.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-13
APPENDIX A
GRS 77 Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
airspeed.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
MANIFEST – GRS1 software mismatch.
Communication halted.
BACKUP PATH – AHRS1 using backup
data path.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magnetic-field
model needs update.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
Comments
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS
relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The G1000 system should
be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The G1000
system should be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check AFMS limitations. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The AHRS has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS is using a backup communications data path. The G1000 system
should be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model
when practical.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation. Heading is
flagged as invalid.
GMU 44 Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
A-14
Comments
A fault has occurred in the GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The AHRS uses
GPS for backup mode operation. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
GDL 69 Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 configuration error. Config service req’d.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
Comments
GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
The G1000 system should be serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69. The receiver is unavailable. The G1000
system should be serviced
GDC 74A Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
GDC1 CONFIG – GDC1 configuration
error. Config service req’d.
MANIFEST – GDC1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
BACKUP PATH – ADC1 using backup
data path.
Comments
GDC 74A configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The G1000 system should be serviced.
The GDC 74A has incorrect software installed. The G1000 system should be
serviced.
The GDC 74A is using a backup communications data path. The G1000 system
should be serviced when possible.
Miscellaneous Message Advisories
Alerts Window Message
Comments
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan waypoint Upon power-up, the G1000 system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is
is locked.
locked. This occurs when an aviation database update eliminates an obsolete
waypoint. The flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message.
This can also occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database,
OR
update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new
waypoint moved.
aviation database update. Verify that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint
locations.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually
Verify user modified procedures.
edited. This alert is issued only after an aviation database update. Verify that the
user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-15
APPENDIX A
Miscellaneous Message Advisories (Cont.)
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
truncated.
APPR VPROF – Approaching VNAV
profile.
APPR TRG ALT – Approaching target
altitude.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate locked
flight plan.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at waypoint
-[xxxx]
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead less
than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less
than 2 nm.
LEG UNSMOOTH – Flight plan leg will
not be smooth.
APPR INACTV – Approach is not
active.
SLCT AUTOSEQ – Select auto
sequence mode.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
frequency for approach.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
approach.
NO WGS84 WPT – Non WGS 84
waypoint for navigation -[xxxx]
A-16
This occurs when a newly installed aviation database eliminates an obsolete approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
Aircraft is approaching VNAV profile. Prepare to climb or descend to meet VNAV
profile.
Aircraft is approaching target altitude. Prepare to level aircraft.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains
locked waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with
current waypoint.
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace
within 10 minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
The approaching flight plan waypoints are too close to allow for smooth turns.
Prepare for steep turns ahead and expect noticeable course deviations.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate approach when required.
The system notifies the pilot to select auto-sequence mode. Press the OBS Softkey to
deactivate the OBS mode.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV
receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI
to the correct NAV receiver.
The selected waypoint [xxxx] does not use the WGS 84 datum. Cross-check position
with alternate navigation sources.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX A
Miscellaneous Message Advisories (Cont.)
Alerts Window Message
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
failed.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
failed.
BACKUP PATH – Stormscope using
backup path.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Comments
The G1000 is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device
should be serviced.
Stormscope has failed. The G1000 system should be serviced.
Stormscope is using the backup communication path. The G1000 system should be
serviced when possible.
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
A-17
APPENDIX A
TAWS ALERTS
Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. Pop-up alerts appear only on the MFD.
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
Alert Type
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
Altitude Callout “500”
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
Negative Climb Rate Caution
(NCR)
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
“Pull Up”
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
“Don’t Sink”
TAWS SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
PFD/MFD
TAWS Page
Annunciation
MFD
Pop-Up Alert
Aural Message
TAWS System Test Fail
None
“TAWS System Failure”
TAWS Alerting is disabled
None
None
No GPS position or excessively
degraded GPS signal
None
System Test in progress
None
“TAWS Not Available”
“TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient
GPS signal is re-established.
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
Alert Type
System Test pass
A-18
None
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX B
SD CARD USE
The G1000 System uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load and store various types of data. For basic flight
operations, SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen aviation and Chartview database
updates.
JEPPESEN DATABASES
The Jeppesen aviation database is updated on a 28 day cycle. The Chartview database is updated on a 14
day cycle. If the Chartview database is not updated within 70 days of the expiration date, Chartview will no
longer function.
Both these databases are provided directly from Jeppesen. The Chartview database should be copied to the
Garmin supplied Supplemental Data Card which will reside in the bottom card slot on the MFD. The aviation
database may be installed from the Jeppesen supplied SD data card or copied to one of the Garmin supplied
Supplemental Data Cards. Contact Jeppesen (www.jeppesen.com) for subscription and update information.
The aviation database may be programmed to only one of the Supplemental Data Cards. This card must then
be used to update the PFD and the MFD.
NOTE: After the aviation database is installed, the card may be removed after loading the update to each
LRU.
Updating the Jeppesen aviation database:
1) With the G1000 System OFF, insert the SD card containing the aviation database update into the top card slot
of the PFD to be updated (Label of SD card facing left).
2) Turn the G1000 System ON. A prompt similar to the following is displayed in the upper left corner of the PFD:
Figure B-1 Database Update Prompt
3) Press the ENT Key to start the database update. A prompt similar to the following is displayed:
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
B-1
APPENDIX B
Figure B-2 Database Update Confirmation
4) After the update completes, the PFD starts in normal mode.
5) Turn the G1000 System OFF and remove the SD card.
6) Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the MFD. The MFD and PFD databases are now updated. Remove the SD card
when finished.
7) Verify that the correct update cycle is loaded during startup of the MFD.
GARMIN DATABASES
The following G1000 databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin:
• Basemap
• Terrain
• Airport terrain
• Obstacle
• SafeTaxi
• FliteCharts
A Supplemental Data Card should be inserted into the bottom card slot of the PFD and the MFD and not
removed except for updating the card. If one of the Supplemental Data Cards contains the Chartview database,
or the FliteCharts database, this card must be inserted into the bottom card slot on the MFD.
Since these databases are not stored internally in the MFD or PFD, a Supplemental Data Card containing
identical database versions must be kept in each display unit.
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes and towns. It
is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date.
The terrain and airport terrain databases contain the terrain mapping and airport diagram data. They are
updated periodically and have no expiration date.
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft.
Obstacles 200’ and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all
obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is
updated on a 56 day cycle.
B-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX B
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin
accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
the data.
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following
ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways,
ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56 day cycle.
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts for the United States only. This database is updated on a
28 day cycle. If not updated within 180 days of the expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
UPDATING GARMIN DATABASES
The Garmin database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation
Databases’ section of the Garmin website (www.garmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded
from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program the
new databases onto the existing Supplemental Data Cards. Equipment required to perform the update is as
follows:
• Windows-compatible PC computer (Windows 2000 or XP recommended).
• SanDisk SD Card Reader, P/Ns SDDR-93 or SDDR-99 or equivalent card reader.
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website.
• Existing 010-00330-42 Supplemental Database SD Cards from both PFD and MFD.
After the data has been copied to the appropriate data cards, perform the following steps:
1) Insert one SD card in the bottom card slot of the MFD and one in the bottom card slot of the PFD. The SD card
containing the Chartview or FliteCharts database must be inserted into the bottom slot on the MFD.
2) Apply power to the G1000 System. View the MFD power-up splash screen. Check that the databases are
initialized and displayed on the scrolling window of the splash screen. When updating the terrain and FliteCharts
databases, an ‘in progress’ message may be seen. If this message is present, wait for the system to finish
loading before verifying the correct databases are initialized, then proceed to step 3.
Figure B-3 Power-Up Splash Screen Window
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
B-3
APPENDIX B
3) Acknowledge the Power-up Page agreement by pressing the ENT Key or the right most softkey.
4) At the MAP – NAVIGATION MAP Page, select the MAP Softkey and check to make sure that the TOPO and
TERRAIN Softkeys are functional (not grayed out) and other database features are functioning.
5) Power down the G1000.
B-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX C
GLOSSARY
ACC
ACT, ACTV
ADC
ADF
ADI
AF
AFCS
AFM
AFMS
AFRM
AGL
AHRS
AIM
AIRMET
ALRT
ALT
ALT, ALTN
AMPS
ANNUNC
ANT
AP
AP DISC
APR
APT
ARINC
ARSPC
ARTCC
ARV
AS
ASB
ATC
ATCRBS
ATK
AUTOSEQ
AUX
B ALT
BARO
BATT
BC
Bearing
BFO
BKSP
BRG
190-00590-00 Rev. C
accuracy
active, activate
air data computer
Automatic Direction Finder
Attitude Direction Indicator
Arc to fix
Automatic Flight Control System
Aircraft Flight Manual
Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement
airframe
Above Ground Level
Attitude and Heading Reference
System
Airman’s Information Manual
Airman’s Meteorological Information
alert
altitude
alternator
amperes
annunciation
antenna
autopilot
autopilot disconnect
approach
airport, aerodrome
Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
airspace
Air Route Traffic Control Center
arrival
airspeed
Aviation Support Branch
Air Traffic Control
ATC Radar Beacon System
along-track
automatic sequence
auxiliary
barometric altitude
barometric setting
battery
backcourse
The compass direction from the
present position to a destination
waypoint.
beat frequency oscillator
backspace
bearing
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
C-1
APPENDIX C
C
ºC
CA
CALC
Calibrated Airspeed
CRS
CRS
CRSR
CTRL
Cumulative
CVR
CVRG
CWS
CYL
center runway
celsius
Course to Altitude
calculator
Indicated airspeed corrected for
installation and instrument errors.
Course to DME distance
Course Deviation Indicator
Control Display Unit
Course to Fix
Cylinder Head Temperature
checklist
channel
Course to Intercept
cloud
clear
centimeter
Communication, Navigation, &
Surveillance
carbon monoxide
communication radio
configuration
coolant
co-pilot
The line between two points to be
followed by the aircraft.
The recommended direction to steer
in order to reduce course error or
stay on course. Provides the most
efficient heading to get back to the
desired course and proceed along
the flight plan.
Course to Radial
Cockpit Reference Guide
current
The distance the aircraft is off a
desired course in either direction, left
or right.
course
Course to Steer
cursor
control
The total of all legs in a flight plan.
Cockpit Voice Recorder
coverage
control wheel steering
cylinder
D ALT
DB, DBASE
density altitude
database
CD
CDI
CDU
CF
CHT
CHKLIST
CHNL
CI
CLD
CLR
cm
CNS
CO
COM
CONFIG
COOL
COPLT
Course
Course to Steer
CR
CRG
CRNT
Crosstrack Error
C-2
dBZ
DCLTR, DECLTR
DEC FUEL
deg
DEIC, DEICE
DEP
Desired Track
decibels ‘Z’ (Radar Return)
declutter
decrease fuel
degree
de-icing
departure
The desired course between the
active “from” and “to” waypoints.
DEST
destination
DF
Direct to Fix
DFLT
default
DGRD
degrade
Dilution of Precision A measure of GPS satellite geometry
quality on a scale of one to ten (lower
numbers equal better geometry,
where higher numbers equal poorer
geometry)
DIR
direction
DIS
distance
Distance
The ‘great circle’ distance from the
present position to a destination
waypoint.
DME
Distance Measuring Equipment
DOP
Dilution of Precision
DP
Departure Procedure
DPRT
departure
DR
dead reckoning
DSBL
disabled
DTK
Desired Track
E
ECU
Efficiency
EGT
EIS
ELEV
ELEV
EMERGCY
EMI
ENDUR
Endurance
ENG
ENGD
ENR
empty, east
Engine Control Unit
A measure of fuel consumption,
expressed in distance per unit of
fuel.
Exhaust Gas Temperature
Engine Indication System
elevation
elevator
emergency
Electromagnetic Interference
endurance
Flight endurance, or total possible
flight time based on available fuel on
board.
engine
engaged
en route
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX C
En route Safe Altitude The recommended minimum altitude
within ten miles left or right of the
desired course on an active flight
plan or direct-to.
ENT
enter
EPE
Estimated Position Error
EPU
Estimated Position Uncertainty
ERR
error
ESA
En route Safe Altitude
Estimated Position Error A measure of horizontal GPS
position error derived by satellite
geometry conditions and other
factors.
Estimated Time of Arrival The estimated time at which the
aircraft should reach the destination
waypoint, based upon current speed
and track.
Estimated Time En route The estimated time it takes to
reach the destination waypoint from
the present position, based upon
current groundspeed.
ETA
Estimated Time of Arrival
ETE
Estimated Time En route
EXPIRD
expired
ºF
FA
FAA
FADEC
FAF
FAIL
FC
FCC
FCST
FD
FD
FDE
FFLOW
FIS-B
FISDL
FL
FLC
FM
FMS
FOB
FPL
fpm
FREQ
FRZ
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Fahrenheit
Course From Fix to Altitude
Federal Aviation Administration
Full Authority Digital Engine Control
Final Approach Fix
failure
Course From Fix to Distance
Federal Communication Commission
forecast
Course From Fix to DME Distance
flight director
Fault Detection and Exclusion
fuel flow
Flight
Information
ServicesBroadcast
Flight Information Service Data Link
flight level
Flight Level Change
Course From Fix to Manual
Termination
Flight Management System
Fuel On Board
flight plan
feet per minute
frequency
freezing
FSS
ft
Fuel Flow
Fuel On Board
G/S, GS
GA
gal, gl
GBOX
GDC
GDL
GDU
GEA
GEO
GFC
GIA
GLS
GMA
GMT
GMU
GND
gph
GPS
Grid MORA
Groundspeed
Ground Track
GRS
GS
GTX
HA
HDG
Heading
HF
HFOM
Hg
HI
HI SENS
Flight Service Station
foot/feet
The fuel flow rate, expressed in units
of fuel per hour.
The total amount of usable fuel on
board the aircraft.
glideslope
go-around
gallon(s)
gearbox
Garmin Air Data Computer
Garmin Satellite Data Link
Garmin Display Unit
Garmin Engine/Airframe Unit
geographic
Garmin Flight Control
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit
Global Navigation Satellite Landing
System
Garmin Audio Panel System
Greenwich Mean Time
Garmin Magnetometer Unit
ground
gallons per hour
Global Positioning System
Grid Minimum Off-Route Altitude;
one degree latitude by one degree
longitude in size and clears the
highest elevation reference point in
the grid by 1000 feet for all areas of
the grid
The velocity that the aircraft is
travelling relative to a ground
position.
see Track
Garmin Reference System
Ground speed
Garmin Transponder
Hold Terminating at Altitude
heading
The direction an aircraft is pointed,
based upon indications from a
magnetic compass or a properly set
directional gyro.
Hold Terminating at Fix
Horizontal Figure of Merit
mercury
high
High Sensitivity
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
C-3
APPENDIX C
HM
Hold with Manual Termination
Horizontal Figure of Merit A measure of the uncertainty in
the aircraft’s horizontal position.
hPa
hectopascal
HPL
Horizontal Protection Level
hr
hour
HSDB
High-Speed Data Bus
HSI
Horizontal Situation Indicator
HT
heat
HUL
Horizontal Uncertainty Level
Hz
Hertz
I
Inner Marker
IAF
Initial Approach Fix
IAT
Indicated Air Temperature
IAU
Integrated Avionics Unit
ICAO
International
Civil
Aviation
Organization
ICS
Intercom System
ID
Identification/Morse Code Identifier
IDENT, IDNT
identification
IF
Initial Fix
IFR
Instrument Flight Rules
IG
Imperial gallon
ILS
Instrument Landing System
IMC
Instrument
Meteorological
Conditions
in
inch
INACTV
inactive
INC FUEL
increase fuel
IND
indicated
Indicated
Information provided by properly
calibrated and set instrumentation
on the aircraft panel.
INFO
information
in HG
inches of mercury
INT
intersection(s)
INTEG
integrity (RAIM unavailable)
IrDA, IRDA
Infrared Data Association
C-4
KEYSTK
kg
kHz
km
kt
key stuck
kilogram
kilohertz
kilometer
knot
L
LAT
LBL
lb
LCD
left, left runway
latitude
label
pound
Liquid Crystal Display
LCL
local
LED
Light Emitting Diode
Left Over Fuel On Board The amount of fuel remaining
on board after the completion of
one or more legs of a flight plan or
direct-to.
Left Over Fuel Reserve The amount of flight time remaining,
based on the amount of fuel on
board after the completion of one or
more legs of a flight plan or directto, and a known consumption rate.
Leg
The portion of a flight plan between
two waypoints.
LIFR
Low Instrument Flight Rules
LNAV
Lateral Navigation
LO
low
LOC
localizer
LON
longitude
LPV
Lateral Precision with Vertical
guidance
LRU
Line Replacement Unit
LT
left
LTNG
lightning
LVL
level
M
Middle Marker
m
meter
MAG
Magnetic
MAG VAR
Magnetic Variation
MAHP
Missed Approach Hold Point
MAN IN
manifold pressure (inches Hg)
MAN SQ
Manual Squelch
MAP
Missed Approach Point
MASQ
Master Avionics Squelch
MAX
maximum
MAXSPD
maximum speed (overspeed)
MDA
barometric minimum descent height
MET
manual electric trim
METAR
Meteorological Aviation Routine
MEPT
manual electric pitch trim
MFD
Multi Function Display
MGRS
Military Grid Reference System
MHz
megahertz
MIC
microphone
MIN
minimum
Minimum Safe Altitude
Uses Grid MORAs to determine
a safe altitude within ten miles of
the aircraft present position.
MKR
marker beacon
MOA
Military Operations Area
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX C
MOV
mpm
MSA
MSG
MSL
MT
mV
MVFR
movement
meters per minute
Minimum Safe Altitude
message
Mean Sea Level
meter
millivolt(s)
Marginal Visual Flight Rules
RAIM
N
NAV
NAVAID
NDB
NEXRAD
nm
NPT
NRST
north
navigation
NAVigation AID
Non-directional Beacon
Next Generation Radar
nautical mile(s)
O
OAT
OBS
OFST
OXY
Outer Marker
Outside Air Temperature
Omni Bearing Selector
offset
oxygen
REV
RF
RMI
RMT
RNG
RNWY
ROL
ROM
rpm
RST FUEL
RSV
P ALT
PA
PA
PASS
PC
PFD
PI
PIT, PTCH
POH
POHS
POSN
PPM
P. POS
PRES, PRESS
PROC
psi
PT
PTK
PTT
PWR
pressure altitude
Passenger Address
Proximity Advisory
passenger(s)
personal computer
Primary Flight Display
Procedure Turn to Course Intercept
pitch
Pilot’s Operating Handbook
Pilot’s
Operating
Handbook
Supplement
position
parts per million
Present Position
pressure
procedure(s), procedure turn
pounds per square inch
Procedure Turn
parallel track
Push-to-Talk
power
QTY
quantity
R
RAD
right, right runway
radial
190-00590-00 Rev. C
nearest
RAM
REF
REM
REQ
RES
RT
RVRSNRY
RX
S
SA
SAT
SCIT
SD
sec
SEL, SLCT
SFC
SIAP
SID
SIGMET
Sim
SLP/SKD
SMBL
SPD
SPI
SPKR
SQ
SRVC, SVC
STAL
STAR
STATS
Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring
random access memory
reference
remaining (fuel remaining above
Reserve)
required
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
reverse, revision, revise
Constant Radius Turn to Fix
Radio Magnetic Indicator
remote
range
runway
roll
read only memory
revolutions per minute
reset fuel
reserve (fuel reserve entered by
pilot)
right
reversionary
receive
south
Selective Availability
Static Air Temperature
Storm Cell Identification and
Tracking
Secure Digital
second(s)
select
surface
Standard Instrument Approach
Procedures
Standard Instrument Departure
Significant
Meteorological
Information
simulator
slip/skid
symbol
speed
Special Position Identification
speaker
squelch
service
stall
Standard Terminal Arrival Route
statistics
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
C-5
APPENDIX C
STBY
STD
STRMSCP
SUA
SUSP
SW
SYS
standby
standard
Stormscope
Special Use Airspace
suspend
software
system
T
TA
TACAN
TAF
TAS
TAS
TAT
TAWS
true
Traffic Advisory
Tactical Air Navigation System
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
True Airspeed
Traffic Advisory System, true airspeed
Total Air Temperature
Terrain Awareness and Warning
System
Terminal Control Area
Traffic Collision Avoidance System
telephone
temperature
terminal
Track Between Two Fixes
Temporary Flight Restriction
True Heading
Traffic Information System
Turbine Inlet Temperature
Track Angle Error
Terminal Maneuvering Area
Timer/Reference
topographic
Direction of aircraft movement
relative to a ground position; also
‘Ground Track’
The angle difference between the
desired track and the current track.
target
track
truncated
total
procedure turn
transmit
TCA
TCAS
TEL
TEMP
TERM
TF
TFR
T HDG
TIS
TIT
TKE
TMA
TMR/REF
Topo
Track
Track Angle Error
TRG
TRK
TRUNC
TTL
TURN
TX
UNAVAIL
USR
UTC
UTM/UPS
C-6
unavailable
user
Coordinated Universal Time
Universal Transverse Mercator /
Universal Polar Stereographic Grid
V, Vspeed
velocity (airspeed)
VA
Heading Vector to Altitude
VAPP
VOR approach
VAR
variation
VD
Heading Vector to DME Distance
Vdc
volts, direct current
VERT
vertical
Vertical Figure of Merit
A measure of the uncertainty in
the aircraft’s vertical position.
Vertical Speed Required The vertical speed necessary
to descend/climb from a current
position and altitude to a defined
target position and altitude, based
upon current groundspeed.
VFOM
Vertical Figure of Merit
VFR
Visual Flight Rules
VHF
Very High Frequency
VI
Heading Vector to Intercept
VLOC
VOR/Localizer Receiver
VM
Heading Vector
to
Manual
Termination
VMC
Visual Meteorological Conditions
VNAV, VNV
vertical navigation
VOL
volume
VOR
VHF Omni-directional Range
VORTAC
very high frequency omnidirectional
range station and tactical air
navigation
VPL
Vertical Protection Level
VPROF
VNAV profile, vertical profile
VR
Heading Vector to Radial
VS
vertical speed
VSI
Vertical Speed Indicator
VSR
Vertical Speed Required
VTF
vector to final
W
WAAS
WARN
WGS-84
WPT
WW
WX
watt(s), west
Wide Area Augmentation System
warning (GPS position error)
World Geodetic System - 1984
waypoint(s)
world wide
weather
XFER, XFR
XPDR
XTALK
XTK
transfer
transponder
cross-talk
cross-track
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX D
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
If a particular aspect of G1000 operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions or in
the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garmin-authorized
dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers.
WHAT IS WAAS?
The Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal
errors. The WAAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable
users to rely on GPS for all phases of flight. WAAS is currently available in the United States, including Alaska
and Hawaii.
HOW DOES WAAS AFFECT APPROACH OPERATIONS?
Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of WAAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance
capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches to
an expanded number of airports throughout the U.S.
The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches
are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the WAAS. This approach combines the LNAV/
VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV
approaches allow lower approach minimums.
WHAT IS RAIM AND HOW DOES IT AFFECT APPROACH OPERATIONS?
NOTE: In a WAAS certified system, RAIM prediction is no longer computed automatically, nor is it required
to be performed manually. If outside the WAAS coverage area, manual prediction can still be accomplished
if desired.
RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RAIM is a GPS receiver function that
performs the following functions:
• Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites
• Eliminates a corrupt satellite from the navigation solution
• Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase
of flight
• Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites is
sufficient to satisfy requirements
NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become
active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation
flagging on the HSI.
For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites is
required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
D-1
APPENDIX D
RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The
G1000 System monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A).
Without RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF,
the pilot must fly the missed approach procedure.
WHY ARE THERE NOT ANY APPROACHES AVAILABLE FOR A FLIGHT PLAN?
Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind
that some VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have a
published approach, the G1000 indicates “NONE” for the available procedures.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN AN APPROACH IS SELECTED? CAN A FLIGHT PLAN WITH AN APPROACH, A DEPARTURE, OR AN
ARRIVAL BE STORED?
When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure,
or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected
instrument procedure. The original en route portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument
procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time.
Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note that the active flight plan
is erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is
activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the G1000 uses the waypoint
information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the
G1000 System automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should
an approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until the
procedure is deleted from the flight plan.
CAN “SLANT GOLF” (“/G”) BE FILED USING THE G1000?
“/G” may be filed for a flight plan. The G1000 System meets the requirements of TSO-C129 Class A1 or A2
installation. Non-precision GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See the approved
Aircraft Flight Manual Supplement (AFMS) as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more
information.
WHAT DOES THE OBS SOFTKEY DO?
The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current
active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next
waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and
the G1000 automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present
active waypoint.
D-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX D
Normal (OBS not activated)
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints
OBS
• Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected
waypoint
• Manual course change on HSI not possible
• Manually select course to waypoint from
HSI
• Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint
• Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint
• Must be in this mode for final approach
course
• Cannot be set for final approach course or
published holding patterns
When OBS mode is active, the G1000 allows the pilot to set a desired course to/from a waypoint using the
CRS/BARO Knob and HSI (much like a VOR).
The most common application for using the OBS Softkey is the missed approach. The G1000 suspends
automatic waypoint sequencing (indicated by a “SUSP” annunciation placed on the HSI) when the missed
approach point (MAP) is crossed. This prevents the G1000 from automatically sequencing to the missed
approach holding point (MAHP). During this time, the OBS Softkey designation changes to SUSP. Pressing
the SUSP Softkey reactivates automatic waypoint sequencing. The OBS Softkey then resumes its normal
functionality.
WHY DOES THE G1000 NOT AUTOMATICALLY SEQUENCE TO THE NEXT WAYPOINT?
The G1000 only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no “OBS” or
“SUSP” annunciation). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the “bisector” of the turn
being navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs at an
equal angle from each leg.
HOW CAN A WAYPOINT BE SKIPPED IN AN APPROACH, A DEPARTURE, OR AN ARRIVAL?
The G1000 allows the pilot to manually select any approach, departure, or arrival leg as the active leg of
the flight plan. This procedure is performed on the MFD from the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting the
desired waypoint and selecting the ACT LEG Softkey then the ENT Key to approve the selection. The GPS
then provides navigation along the selected flight plan leg.
WHEN DOES TURN ANTICIPATION BEGIN?
The G1000 smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to
30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation:
• A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the turn point and
flashes as it counts down to zero
• A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the
turn and flashes as it counts down to zero. ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ is displayed when the pilot is to
begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next DTK value
• The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has been
crossed
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
D-3
APPENDIX D
WHEN DOES THE CDI SCALE CHANGE?
When 30 nm from the destination, the G1000 begins a smooth CDI scale transition from 5.0 nm (en route
mode) to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). When 2 nm from the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale
transitions to 0.3 nm (approach mode). When executing a missed approach, the CDI can be returned to the
1.0 nm scale by selecting the SUSP Softkey. The CDI is also set to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) within 30 nm of
the departure airport.
WHY DOES THE HSI NOT RESPOND LIKE A VOR WHEN OBS MODE IS ACTIVE?
Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired
course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant
regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the
destination.
WHAT IS THE CORRECT MISSED APPROACH PROCEDURE? HOW IS THE MISSED APPROACH HOLDING POINT SELECTED?
To comply with TSO specifications, the G1000 does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first
waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Softkey is selected
after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on the
approach plate.
To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), select the Active Flight Plan
Page and use the ACT LEG Softkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure.
AFTER A MISSED APPROACH, HOW CAN THE SAME APPROACH BE RE-SELECTED? HOW CAN A NEW APPROACH BE
ACTIVATED?
NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point
(MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current
approach?” appears. The G1000 directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into
consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated.
After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt by
pressing the PROC Key. Once the clearance is given for another attempt, activate the approach by highlighting
“Activate Approach?” using the large FMS Knob and pressing the ENT Key. The G1000 provides navigation
along the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point.
To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by pressing the PROC Key. Choose
“Select Approach?”, select the desired approach from the list shown, and press the ENT Key. Select the desired
transition, then activate the approach using the ENT Key.
To activate a new approach to a different airport, press the Direct-to Key and select the desired airport using
the FMS Knobs. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the preceding
paragraph to select an approach for the new airport.
D-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX E
GENERAL TIS INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION
NOTE: Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to TIS.
The Traffic Information Service (TIS) provides traffic advisory information to non-TAS/TCAS-equipped
aircraft. TIS is a ground-based service providing the relative locations of all ATCRBS Mode-A and Mode-C
transponder equipped aircraft within a specified service volume. The TIS ground sensor uses real-time track
reports to generate traffic notification. The G1000 System displays TIS traffic information on the Traffic Map
Page of the MFD. TIS information may also be displayed for overlay on the MFD Navigation Map Page, as
well as on the PFD Inset Map. Surveillance data includes all transponder-equipped aircraft within the coverage
volume. The G1000 System displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5 nm radius, from 3,000 feet below,
to 3,500 feet above the requesting aircraft.
TIS VS. TAS/TCAS
The main difference between the Traffic Information System (TIS) and Traffic Advisory (TAS) or Traffic
Collision Avoidance Systems (TCAS) is the source of surveillance data. TAS/TCAS uses an airborne interrogator
with a half-second update rate, while TIS utilizes the terminal Mode-S ground interrogator and accompanying
data link to provide a five-second update rate. TIS and TAS/TCAS have similar ranges.
TIS LIMITATIONS
NOTE: TIS is not intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not relieve the pilot of the
responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. TIS shall not be used for avoidance maneuvers during
instrument meteorological conditions (IMC) or when there is no visual contact with the intruder aircraft.
NOTE: Refer to the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for a more
comprehensive explanation.
TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode-S radar system, which is a “secondary surveillance” radar system
similar to that used by ATCRBS. Many limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance. Information
provided by TIS is neither better nor more accurate than the information used by ATC. TIS is intended only
to assist in visual acquisition of other aircraft in visual meteorological conditions (VMC). While TIS is a useful
aid for visual traffic avoidance, system limitations must be considered to ensure proper use. No recommended
avoidance maneuvers are given, nor authorized, as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or TIS advisory.
• TIS operation may be intermittent during turns or other maneuvering.
• TIS is dependent on two-way, line-of-sight communications between the aircraft and the Mode-S radar
antenna. Whenever the structure of the aircraft comes between the transponder antenna and the groundbased radar antenna, the signal may be temporarily interrupted.
• Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described in the AIM.
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
E-1
APPENDIX E
WARNING: Garmin is not responsible for Mode S geographical coverage. Operation of the ground stations
is the responsibility of the FAA. Refer to the AIM for a Terminal Mode S radar site map.
NOTE: TIS is unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the United States. This is often the case in
mountainous regions.
TIS information is collected during a single radar sweep. Collected information is then sent through the
Mode S uplink on the next radar sweep. Because of this, the surveillance information is approximately five
seconds old. TIS ground station tracking software uses prediction algorithms to compensate for this delay.
These algorithms use track history data to calculate expected intruder positions consistent with the time of
display. Occasionally, aircraft maneuvering may cause variations in this calculation and create slight errors on
the Traffic Map Page. Errors affect relative bearing information and target track vector. This can cause a delay in
the displayed intruder information. However, intruder distance and altitude typically remain relatively accurate
and may be used to assist in spotting traffic.
The following errors are common examples:
• When the client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly, the tracking algorithm may report
incorrect horizontal position until the maneuvering aircraft stabilizes.
• When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that intercepts the client aircraft course at a shallow angle
(either overtaking or head-on) and either aircraft abruptly changes course within 0.25 nm, TIS may display
the intruder aircraft on the incorrect side of the client aircraft.
These are rare occurrences and are typically resolved within a few radar sweeps once the client/intruder
aircraft course stabilizes.
Pilots using TIS can provide valuable assistance in the correction of malfunctions by reporting observations
of undesirable performance. Reports should identify the time of observation, location, type and identity of
the aircraft, and describe the condition observed. Reports should also include the type of transponder and
transponder software version. Since TIS performance is monitored by maintenance personnel, not ATC,
malfunctions should be reported in the following ways:
• By telephone to the nearest Flight Service Station (FSS) facility
• By FAA Form 8000-7, Safety Improvement Report (postage-paid card can be obtained at FAA FSSs, General
Aviation District Offices, Flight Standards District Offices, and General Aviation Fixed Base Operators)
E-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX F
MAP SYMBOLS
AIRPORT
BASEMAP
Item
Symbol
Item
Symbol
Item
Symbol
Interstate Highway
Unknown Airport
State Highway
Non-towered, Non-serviced Airport
US Highway
Towered, Non-serviced Airport
National Highway
Non-towered, Serviced Airport
Small City or Town
Towered, Serviced Airport
Medium City
Restricted (Private) Airport
Large City
Heliport
TRAFFIC
NAVAIDS
Item
Symbol
Intersection
Non-Threat Traffic
LOM (compass locator at outer marker)
NDB (Non-directional Radio Beacon)
VOR
VOR/DME
Proximity Advisory
Traffic Advisory, Out of Range
Traffic Advisory
VOR/ILS
VORTAC
TACAN
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
F-1
APPENDIX F
LINE SYMBOLS
Item
Symbol
ICAO Control Area
Class B Airspace
Mode C Tower Area
Warning Area
Alert Area
Caution Area
Danger Area
Prohibited Area
Restricted Area
Training Area
Unknown Area
Class C
Terminal Radar Service Area
Mode C Area
Military Operations Area (MOA)
State or Province Border
International Border
Road
Railroad
Lattitude/Longitude
OBSTACLE SYMBOLS
Obstacle Symbol
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL < 1000 ft AGL > 1000 ft AGL
Obstacle
Color
Obstacle Location
Red
(WARNING)
Obstacle within 100 ft or
above aircraft altitude
Yellow
(CAUTION)
Obstacle within 1000 ft of
aircraft altitude
Gray
Obstacle more than 1000
(NO DANGER) ft below aircraft altitude
Table F-1 Obstacle Symbols and Colors
F-2
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
APPENDIX F
TERRAIN PROXIMITY COLOR CHART
Aircraft Altitude
100 ft Threshold
1000 ft
Terrain Color
Red (WARNING)
Yellow (CAUTION)
Black (NO DANGER)
Terrain Location
Terrain at or within 100 ft below aircraft altitude
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft of aircraft altitude
Terrain more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude
Figure F-1 Terrain Proximity Colors
TAWS COLOR CHART
Potential Impact Point
Projected Flight Path
100' Threshold
Unlighted Obstacle
1000'
Terrain Color
Red (WARNING)
Yellow (CAUTION)
Black (NO DANGER)
Terrain Location
Terrain at or within 100 ft below aircraft altitude
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft of aircraft altitude
Terrain more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude
Potential Impact Points
Figure F-2 TAWS Symbols & Colors
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
F-3
APPENDIX F
MISCELLANEOUS
Item
Symbol
Item
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
User Waypoint
Default Map Pointer
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Elevation Pointer
Parallel Track Waypoint
Wind Vector
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Measuring Pointer
Top of Descent (TOD)
Overzoom Indicator
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Terrain Proximity or TAWS Enabled
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
Symbol
Traffic Enabled
F-4
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
INDEX
A
Active Channel --------------------------------------------- 8-4
Active frequency ------------------------------------ 4-6, 4-15
ACT LEG softkey ------------------------------------------5-84
Advisory alerts---------------------------------------------- A-4
AHRS ------------------------------------------------------- A-14
Aircraft alerts ----------------------------------------------- A-2
Aircraft range ----------------------------------------- 3-7–3-8
AIRMET -----------------------------------------------------6-14
Airport
Frequency --------------------------------------- 5-54, 5-55
Information ------------------------------------- 5-54, 5-57
Nearest -------------------- 1-30, 5-53–5-56, 5-56–5-57
Runway ----------------------------------- 5-38, 5-54, 5-55
Airspace
Boundary ------------------------------------------------5-15
Airspeed Indicator ------------------------------2-2, 2-4–2-5
Air Data Computer (ADC) -------------------------------- 1-3
Alerting System -------------------------------------------- A-4
Alerting system --------------------------------------------- A-1
Alerts -------------------------------------------------------- A-1
Airspace -------------------------------------------------1-27
Arrival ----------------------------------------------------1-27
Audio voice ---------------------------------------------1-28
Alerts Window--------------------------------------- 2-3, 2-20
Alert levels -------------------------------------------------- A-2
Altimeter -----------------------------------------2-2, 2-7–2-8
Altitude alerting -------------------------------------------2-22
Altitude buffer ---------------------------------------------1-27
ALT knob ---------------------------------------------------1-12
Ammeter -----------------------------------------------3-3, 3-5
Annunciations
G1000 System ------------------------------------------1-11
Test tone-------------------------------------------------1-31
Annunciations, G1000 System --------------------------- A-4
Annunciation Window ------------------------------------ 2-3
Annunciator lights ----------------------------------------4-31
Approach ---------------------------------------------------- D-2
Activate -------------------------- 5-80, 5-81, 5-82, 5-115
Load ---------------------------------------------- 5-80–5-82
Remove --------------------------------------------------5-86
Select--------------------------------------------5-81, 5-114
APR softkey ---------------------------------------------- 5-109
Arrival
Load ---------------------------------------------- 5-83–5-84
Remove -----------------------------------------5-86, 5-110
Select--------------------------------------------------- 5-113
Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) 1-3, 1-6,
1-10–1-11
Attitude Indicator -------------------------------------2-2, 2-6
Audio alerting system ------------------------------------- A-1
Audio Panel --------------------------------------------1-2, 1-9
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Audio panel fail-safe operation-------------------------4-39
Auto-tuning ------------------------------------------------4-22
Auto-tuning, COM ----------------------------------------- 4-9
Auto-tuning, NAV -----------------------------------------4-18
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) --------------- 7-1
Automatic squelch ----------------------------------------4-14
Auto zoom -------------------------------------------------- 5-6
Auxiliary Pages (AUX) ------------------------------------1-20
Aviation map data -------------------------------- 5-14–5-15
B
Backlighting -----------------------------------------------1-32
Barometric setting, Altimeter------------------------2-2, 2-7
Bearing/distance, measuring ----------------------------5-23
Bearing information -------------------------------- 2-3, 2-11
Bus voltage --------------------------------------------3-3, 3-5
C
Cabin speaker ---------------------------------------------4-31
CAUTION ---------------------------------------------------- A-2
Caution alerts ---------------------------------------------- A-3
CDI -------------------------------------------------- 5-29, A-16
Cell Movement --------------------------------------------6-13
Clearance recorder and player --------------------------4-34
Cloud Tops -------------------------------------------------6-11
CLR key -----------------------------------------------------1-12
Communication (COM) Frequency Box ----------------- 2-2
COM channel spacing ------------------------------------4-13
COM frequency
Select-----------------------------------------------------5-57
COM frequency box --------------------------------------- 4-6
COM radio
Channel spacing ---------------------------------------1-30
COM tuning failure ---------------------------------------4-39
Controls
PFD/MFD ---------------------------------1-12–1-13, 1-18
Softkeys ------------------------------------------ 1-13–1-16
County Data -----------------------------------------------6-22
Course ---------------------------------------------- 2-10, 2-15
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) 1-29–1-30, 2-12–2-16
Changing scale ------------------------------------------ D-4
Cyclone -----------------------------------------------------6-23
D
Databases -------------------------------- 1-5, 1-6, 1-31, B-1
Data Bar fields, MFD -------------------------------------1-28
Data entry ------------------------------------------ 1-18–1-19
Data Link Receiver ----------------------------------------- 1-4
Date and time ---------------------------------------------1-25
Decision Height (DH) -------------------------------------2-23
Declutter ---------------------------------------------------5-26
Levels ----------------------------------------------------5-18
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
I-1
INDEX
Departure
Load ---------------------------------------------- 5-78–5-79
Remove --------------------------------------------------5-86
Select-----------------------------------5-79, 5-101, 5-112
Direct-to --------5-27, 5-28, 5-29, 5-30, 5-32, 5-33, 5-34
Direct-to navigation --------------------------------------5-57
Display backup -------------------------------------- 1-9, 4-40
Display controls ----------------------------------- 1-12–1-19
E
Echo Tops --------------------------------------------------6-10
Efficiency, fuel ---------------------------------------------5-91
Electrical indications----------------------------3-3, 3-4–3-5
Emergency frequency-------------------------------------4-39
Endurance -------------------------------------------- 3-7, 5-91
Engine Airframe Unit -------------------------------------- 1-3
Engine Display ---------------------------------------------- 3-2
Engine Indication System (EIS) --------------------- 3-1–3-8
Entering a transponder code ----------------------------4-27
Entering flight ID ------------------------------------------4-24
Entertainment inputs -------------------------------------4-35
F
Flaps ---------------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Flight ID ----------------------------------------------------4-30
Flight instruments-----------------------------------2-1–2-16
Flight plan
Active ----------------------------------------------------5-14
Add waypoint -------------------------------------------5-77
Catalog ------------------------------------------ 5-72–5-73
Change displayed data fields ------------------------5-87
Closest point to reference -------------------5-87, 5-100
Delete ----------------------------------------------------5-86
Invert --------------------------------------------- 5-85, 5-99
Storing ---------------------------------------------------- D-2
Flight Plan Pages (FPL) -----------------------------------1-21
FPL key -----------------------------------------------------1-12
Freezing Level ---------------------------------------------6-19
Frequency
COM -----------------------------------------------------5-57
Nearest --------------------------------------------------5-71
VOR ------------------------------------------------------5-62
Frequency spacing ----------------------------------------4-13
Frequency toggle key -------------------------------------1-12
Frequently asked questions------------------------------- D-1
Fuel ---------------------------------------------------- 3-6–3-7
Calculations ---------------------------------------------- 3-7
Efficiency ------------------------------------------------5-91
Flow -------------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Planning ----------------------------------5-25, 5-92–5-93
Quantity --------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Range ring ----------------------------------------------5-13
I-2
Remaining ------------------------------------------------ 3-7
Reserve --------------------------------------------------- 3-8
Used ------------------------------------------------------- 3-7
Fuel Range Ring-------------------------------------------- 3-8
G
GDL 69/69A ------------------------------------------------ 6-1
Generator speed -------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Glideslope Indicator ----------------------------------2-3, 2-8
Global Positioning System (GPS)
Navigation -------------------- 5-27–5-116, 5-32–5-116
GPS position error ----------------------------------------2-10
GPS signal integrity, loss of -----------------------------2-10
GTX 33 Transponder -------------------------------- 4-1, 4-24
H
Heading ---------------------------------------------- 2-2, 2-10
HI SENS -----------------------------------------------------4-23
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) -------- 2-2, 2-9–2-11
HSI double green arrow----------------------------------4-15
HSI magenta arrow ---------------------------------------4-15
HSI single green arrow -----------------------------------4-15
I
IDENT function --------------------------------------------4-30
ID indicator ------------------------------------------------4-17
Inset Map ------------------------------------------ 5-24–5-25
Inset Map, PFD --------------------------------------------- 2-3
Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) --------------------------- 1-2
Intercom ----------------------------------------------------4-32
Intercom system (ICS) ------------------------------------4-35
Intercom volume and squelch---------------------------4-33
Intersection
Information ------------------------------------- 5-41–5-42
Nearest --------------------------------------------------5-58
Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT)--------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
IOI --------------------------------------------------- 6-36, A-18
ITI------------------------------------------------------------6-37
ITT ------------------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
J
Jeppesen aviation database ------------------------------ B-1
K
Key(s) -------------------------------------------------------1-12
L
Land map data -------------------------------------- 5-6, 5-16
LD APR softkey ------------------------------------------ 5-109
LD DP softkey -------------------------------------- 5-78, 5-80
LD STAR softkey ----------------- 5-83, 5-84, 5-105, 5-106
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
INDEX
Lightning ------------------------------------------- 1-14, 1-16
Line Replaceable Units (LRU) ---------------------- 1-2–1-5
LO SENS ----------------------------------------------------4-23
LRU Information Window --------------------------------- 8-7
LTNG Softkey ----------------------------------------------6-13
M
Map datums -----------------------------------------------1-26
Map Pages (MAP) ----------------------------------------1-19
Map panning ----------------------------------------------5-18
Map scale --------------------------------------------------5-18
Map symbols ------------------------------------------------F-1
Marker beacon --------------------------------------------4-23
Marker Beacon Annunciations -------------------- 2-3, 2-22
MASQ processing ------------------------------------------ 4-1
Measurement units, changing displayed --------------1-26
Menus ------------------------------------------------------1-18
Message advisoriesA-2, A-8, A-9, A-10, A-12, A-13, A-14,
A-15, A-16, A-17
METAR ------------------------------------------------------6-16
Metric Altimeter -------------------------------------------- 2-8
MFD Data Bar fields --------------------------------------1-28
Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) --------------- 2-3, 2-23
Mode S --------------------------------------------- 4-24, 4-25
Mode selection softkeys ------------------------- 4-24, 4-25
Mono/Stereo headsets -----------------------------------4-31
MORE Softkey ---------------------------------------------- 8-6
Morse code identifier-------------------------------------4-17
Multi Function Display (MFD) ---------------------------- 1-2
Controls ----------------------------------------- 1-12–1-13
Music 1 -----------------------------------------------------4-35
Music 1 muting -------------------------------------------4-35
Music 2 -----------------------------------------------------4-35
MUTE Softkey ---------------------------------------------- 8-6
N
National Weather Service --------------------------------6-22
NAV1 audio ------------------------------------------------4-16
NAV2 audio ------------------------------------------------4-16
Navigation (NAV) Frequency Box ------------------------ 2-2
Navigation Data Bar--------------------------------------5-22
Navigation Map ------------------- 5-18–5-116, 5-31, 6-28
Setup -----------------------------------------------5-3–5-17
Navigation mode selection ------------------------------4-15
Navigation source -------------------------------- 2-12–2-13
Automatic switching --------------------------- 2-14–2-15
Navigation Status Box ----------------------------- 1-28, 2-2
Nav radio selection ---------------------------------------4-15
NDB
Nearest --------------------------------------------------5-59
Nearest
Airports -----------------------------------1-30, 5-53–5-56
Intersection ---------------------------------------------5-58
190-00590-00 Rev. C
NDB ------------------------------------------------------5-59
VOR ---------------------------------------------- 5-60–5-61
Nearest airports, frequency tuning ---------------------- 4-9
Nearest Airports Page ------------------------------------5-47
Nearest Pages (NRST) ------------------------------------1-21
NEXRAD -------------------------------------------- 1-14, 1-16
NEXRAD Softkey ------------------------------------------- 6-6
Normal display operation --------------------------------- 1-7
NRST softkey-----------------------------------------------5-57
O
Obstacles ------------------------------------------- A-10, A-11
Obstacle map data ---------------------------------------5-13
Oil
Pressure --------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Temperature ---------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode------------ 2-15–2-16
Omni Bearing Selector (OBS)----------------------- D-2–D-3
Orientation, map ------------------------------------------- 5-5
Outside Air Temperature (OAT) ------------------- 2-2, 2-19
P
Page groups --------------------------------------- 1-19–1-22
Page menus ------------------------------------------------1-18
Pan map -------------------------------------------- 5-20, 5-26
Passenger address (PA) system -------------------------4-34
PA system --------------------------------------------------4-34
Pilot profiles --------------------------------------- 1-24–1-25
Pointers, bearing ------------------------------------------2-11
Power-up, system ------------------------------------------ 1-6
Power-up splash screen ----------------------------------- 1-7
Power ON settings ----------------------------------------4-31
Presets ------------------------------------------------------- 8-6
PRESETS softkey-------------------------------------------- 8-6
Pressure, fuel ----------------------------------------------- 3-5
Pressure, oil -------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Primary Flight Display (PFD) ------------------------------ 1-2
Controls ----------------------------------------- 1-12–1-13
Softkeys ------------------------------------------ 1-13–1-15
Procedures --5-112–5-115, 5-113–5-116, 5-114–5-116
PROC key -----------------------------1-12, 5-78, 5-81, 5-83
Propeller speed ---------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
PS1 - PS15 softkeys --------------------------------------- 8-6
Q
Quick tuning 121.500 MHz ------------------------------ 4-8
R
RADIO softkey ---------------------------------------------- 8-3
Range ------------------------------------------------- 5-9, 5-91
Range, aircraft ---------------------------------------- 3-7–3-8
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) -- D-1
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
I-3
INDEX
Reference Altitude ------------------------------------2-2, 2-7
Reserve fuel ------------------------------------------------- 3-8
Reversionary display operation -------------------------- 1-9
Reversionary mode ---------------------------------------4-40
ROC ------------------------------------------ 6-36, 6-37, A-18
RTC ----------------------------------------------------------6-37
Runway
Information ------------------------------------- 5-54, 5-55
Minimum length----------------------------------------1-30
Surface ---------------------------------------------------1-30
RX indicator------------------------------------------------- 4-7
S
Secure Digital (SD) card ------------------------------1-5, B-1
Selected Course -------------------------------------------- 2-3
Selected Heading ----------------------------------- 2-3, 2-10
Selecting a COM radio ------------------------------------ 4-6
Sequencing, automatic ------------------------------------ D-3
Setting a preset channel ---------------------------------- 8-6
SET Softkey ------------------------------------------------- 8-6
SIGMET -----------------------------------------------------6-14
Simultaneous COM operation --------------------------4-36
SKYWATCH Symbology ----------------------------------6-51
Slip/Skid Indicator-------------------------------------2-2, 2-6
Softkeys
PFD ----------------------------------------- 1-13–1-15, 2-2
Softkey function (MFD)-----------------------------------1-16
Speaker -----------------------------------------------------4-31
Splash screen, power-up ---------------------------------- 1-7
Squelch -----------------------------------------------------1-12
Standby frequency ---------------------------- 4-6, 4-9, 4-15
Standby frequency field ----------------------------------- 4-6
Stereo headsets -------------------------------------------4-31
Stormscope lightning data ---------------------- 1-14, 1-16
Storm Cells -------------------------------------------------6-14
Stuck microphone-----------------------------------------4-39
Surface Analysis & City Forecast ------------------------6-18
Suspend, waypoint sequencing -------------------------2-16
Symbols, map ------------------------------------------------F-1
System annunciations ------------------------ 1-11, A-1, A-4
System Display (EIS) --------------------------------------- 3-4
System message advisories------------------------------- A-7
System power-up ------------------------------------------ 1-6
System Setup Page ------------------------------- 1-22–1-28
System Status Page --------------------------------- 1-31, 8-7
System time ------------------------------------------ 2-2, 2-18
Format ---------------------------------------------------1-25
Offset ----------------------------------------------------1-25
T
TA ------------------------------------------------------------ A-7
TAF ----------------------------------------------------------6-16
TAS --------------------------------------------------------- A-14
I-4
TAWS ------------------------------------------------------ A-18
TAWS Alerts ---------------------------------------- 6-36, 6-37
TAWS annunciations -------------------------------------2-21
Temperature, Interstage Turbine -------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Temperature, oil --------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Temperature, Outside Air (OAT)-------------------------2-19
Terrain ----------------------------------------------------- A-10
Color indications -----------------------------------------F-3
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)
annunciations ---------------------------------------------2-21
Terrain map data ---------------------------------- 5-12–5-13
Time, system --------------------------------------- 1-25, 2-18
Timer, generic ----------------------------------------------2-17
TIS -----------------------------------------------------------6-41
Topographic map data --------------------- 5-9–5-10, 5-21
Torque -------------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
Track vector ------------------------------------------------- 5-7
Traffic advisory --------------------------------------------- A-7
Traffic Annunciation -------------------------------- 2-3, 2-21
Traffic Information Service (TIS) ---------------------E-1–E-2
Voice alerts ----------------------------------------------2-21
Transponder------------------------------------------------- 1-3
Transponder data box ------------------------------------- 4-1
Transponder ground mode ------------------------------4-25
Transponder mode field ----------------------------------4-26
Transponder softkeys -------------------------------------4-25
Transponder standby mode -----------------------------4-26
Transponder Status Box ----------------------------------- 2-2
Trim ----------------------------------------------- 3-3, 3-5, 3-7
True airspeed (TAS) -----------------------------------2-2, 2-4
Turn anticipation ------------------------------------------- D-3
Turn Rate Indicator --------------------------------- 2-2, 2-10
TX indicator ------------------------------------------------- 4-7
U
Utilities --------------------------------------------- 5-93–5-95
V
Vector-To-Final ------------------------------------------ 5-115
Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI)-------------------2-3, 2-8
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) --------------------- 5-94–5-95
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) -----------------------2-2, 2-8
VFR code ---------------------------------------------------4-28
Voice alerts ------------------------------------------------- A-2
Voice alerts, TIS Traffic ------------------------------------2-21
Voltmeter-----------------------------------------------3-3, 3-5
Volume ------------------------------------------------------ 8-6
VOL Softkey ------------------------------------------------- 8-6
VOR
Frequency -----------------------------------------------5-62
Information ------------------------------------- 5-45–5-46
Nearest ------------------------------------------ 5-60–5-61
Recent ---------------------------------------------------5-46
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
INDEX
VOR selection----------------------------------------------4-15
Vspeed references ----------------------------------------- 2-5
W
WARNING --------------------------------------------------- A-2
Warning alerts ---------------------------------------------- A-2
Waypoint
Automatic sequencing --------------------------------- D-3
Skipping -------------------------------------------------- D-3
Waypoint, user
Comment ------------------------------------------------5-50
Recent ---------------------------------------------------5-49
Waypoint Pages (WPT) -----------------------------------1-20
Weather Data Link Page --------------------------- 6-6, 6-25
Weather Product Symbols -------------------------------- 6-4
Winds Aloft ------------------------------------------------6-21
Wind vector ------------------------------------------------- 5-8
X
XM
Satellite Radio ------------------------------------------- 6-1
Satellite Weather ---------------------------------------- 6-1
XM Lightning ----------------------------------------------6-12
XM LTNG Softkey -----------------------------------------6-13
XM radio entertainment ---------------------------------4-35
XM Satellite Radio ----------------------------------------- 1-4
XM satellite radio -------------------------------------8-1, 8-3
XM service activation ------------------------------------- 8-2
Z
Zoom
Auto ------------------------------------------------------- 5-6
Range ----------------------------------------------------5-26
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
I-5
INDEX
BLANK PAGE
I-6
Garmin G1000 Pilot’s Guide for the Quest Kodiak 100
190-00590-00 Rev. C
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising